am-utils.texi revision 38494
1\input texinfo          @c -*-texinfo-*-
2@c
3@c Copyright (c) 1997-1998 Erez Zadok
4@c Copyright (c) 1989 Jan-Simon Pendry
5@c Copyright (c) 1989 Imperial College of Science, Technology & Medicine
6@c Copyright (c) 1989 The Regents of the University of California.
7@c All rights reserved.
8@c
9@c This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
10@c Jan-Simon Pendry at Imperial College, London.
11@c
12@c Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
13@c modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
14@c are met:
15@c 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
16@c    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
17@c 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
18@c    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
19@c    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
20@c 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
21@c    must display the following acknowledgment:
22@c      This product includes software developed by the University of
23@c      California, Berkeley and its contributors.
24@c 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
25@c    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
26@c    without specific prior written permission.
27@c
28@c THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
29@c ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
30@c IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
31@c ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
32@c FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
33@c DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
34@c OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
35@c HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
36@c LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
37@c OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
38@c
39@c      %W% (Berkeley) %G%
40@c
41@c $Id: am-utils.texi,v 6.0 1997/02/09 15:11:50 ezk beta $
42@c
43@setfilename am-utils.info
44
45@include version.texi
46
47@c info directory entry
48@direntry
49* Am-utils: (am-utils).          The Amd automounter suite of utilities
50@end direntry
51
52@titlepage
53@title Am-utils (4.4BSD Automounter Utilities)
54@subtitle For version @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}
55
56@author Erez Zadok
57(Originally by Jan-Simon Pendry and Nick Williams)
58
59@page
60Copyright @copyright{} 1997-1998 Erez Zadok
61@*
62Copyright @copyright{} 1989 Jan-Simon Pendry
63@*
64Copyright @copyright{} 1989 Imperial College of Science, Technology & Medicine
65@*
66Copyright @copyright{} 1989 The Regents of the University of California.
67@sp
68All Rights Reserved.
69@vskip 1ex
70Permission to copy this document, or any portion of it, as
71necessary for use of this software is granted provided this
72copyright notice and statement of permission are included.
73@end titlepage
74@page
75
76@c Define a new index for options.
77@syncodeindex pg cp
78@syncodeindex vr cp
79
80@ifinfo
81
82@c ################################################################
83@node Top, License, , (DIR)
84Am-utils - The 4.4BSD Automounter Tool Suite
85*********************************************
86
87Am-utils is the 4.4BSD Automounter Tool Suite, which includes the Amd
88automounter, the Amq query and control program, the Hlfsd daemon, and
89other tools.  This Info file describes how to use and understand the
90tools within Am-utils.
91@end ifinfo
92
93@menu
94* License::                  Explains the terms and conditions for using
95                             and distributing Am-utils.
96* Distrib::                  How to get the latest Am-utils distribution.
97* Intro::                    An introduction to Automounting concepts.
98* History::                  History of am-utils' development.
99* Overview::                 An overview of Amd.
100* Supported Platforms::      Machines and Systems supported by Amd.
101* Mount Maps::               Details of mount maps
102* Amd Command Line Options:: All the Amd command line options explained. 
103* Filesystem Types::         The different mount types supported by Amd.
104* Amd Configuration File::   The amd.conf file syntax and meaning.
105* Run-time Administration::  How to start, stop and control Amd.
106* FSinfo::                   The FSinfo filesystem management tool.
107* Hlfsd::                    The Home-Link Filesystem server.
108* Assorted Tools::           Other tools which come with am-utils.
109* Examples::                 Some examples showing how Amd might be used.
110* Internals::                Implementation details.
111* Acknowledgments & Trademarks:: Legal Notes
112
113Indexes
114* Index::                    An item for each concept.
115@end menu
116
117@iftex
118@unnumbered Preface
119
120This manual documents the use of the 4.4BSD automounter tool suite,
121which includes @i{Amd}, @i{Amq}, @i{Hlfsd}, and other programs.  This is
122primarily a reference manual.  While no tutorial exists, there are
123examples available.  @xref{Examples}.
124
125This manual comes in two forms: the published form and the Info form.
126The Info form is for on-line perusal with the INFO program which is
127distributed along with GNU texinfo package (a version of which is
128available for GNU Emacs).@footnote{GNU packages can be found in
129@url{ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/}.}  Both forms contain substantially
130the same text and are generated from a common source file, which is
131distributed with the @i{Am-utils} source.
132@end iftex
133
134@c ################################################################
135@node License, Distrib, Top, Top
136@unnumbered License
137@cindex License Information
138
139@i{Am-utils} is not in the public domain; it is copyrighted and there are
140restrictions on its distribution.
141
142Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
143modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
144met:
145
146@enumerate
147
148@item
149Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
150this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
151
152@item
153Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
154notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
155documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
156
157@item
158All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
159must display the following acknowledgment:
160
161@cartouche
162``This product includes software developed by the University of
163California, Berkeley and its contributors, as well as the Trustees of
164Columbia University.''
165@end cartouche
166
167@item
168Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors may
169be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
170without specific prior written permission.
171
172@end enumerate
173
174THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
175ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
176IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
177PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS
178BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
179CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
180SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
181INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
182CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
183ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF
184THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
185
186@c ################################################################
187@node Distrib, Intro, License, Top
188@unnumbered Source Distribution
189@cindex Source code distribution
190@cindex Obtaining the source code
191
192The @i{Am-utils} home page is located in
193@example
194@url{http://www.cs.columbia.edu/~ezk/am-utils/}
195@end example
196
197You can get the latest distribution version of @i{Am-utils} from
198@example
199@url{ftp://shekel.mcl.cs.columbia.edu/pub/am-utils/am-utils.tar.gz}
200@end example
201
202Alpha and beta distributions are available in
203@example
204@url{ftp://shekel.mcl.cs.columbia.edu/pub/am-utils/}.
205@end example
206
207Revision 5.2 was part of the 4.3BSD Reno distribution.
208
209Revision 5.3bsdnet, a late alpha version of 5.3, was part
210of the BSD network version 2 distribution
211
212Revision 6.0 was made independently by @email{ezk@@cs.columbia.edu,Erez
213Zadok} at the @uref{http://www.cs.columbia.edu/,Computer Science
214Department} of @uref{http://www.columbia.edu/,Columbia University}, as
215part of his @uref{http://www.cs.columbia.edu/~ezk/research/tp/thesis_proposal.html,PhD thesis work}. @xref{History} for more details.
216
217@unnumberedsec Bug Reports
218@cindex Bug reports
219
220Before reporting a bug, see if it is a known one in the
221@uref{http://www.cs.columbia.edu/~ezk/am-utils/BUGS.txt,bugs} file.
222Send all bug reports to @email{amd-dev@@majordomo.cs.columbia.edu}
223quoting the details of the release and your configuration.  These can be
224obtained by running the command @samp{amd -v}.  It would greatly help if
225you could provide a reproducible procedure for detecting the bug you are
226reporting.
227
228Providing working patches is highly encouraged.  Every patch
229incorporated, however small, will get its author an honorable mention in
230the @uref{http://www.cs.columbia.edu/~ezk/am-utils/AUTHORS.txt,authors
231file}.
232
233@unnumberedsec Mailing List
234@cindex Mailing list
235
236There are two mailing lists for people interested in keeping up-to-date
237with developments.
238
239@c ###############
240
241@enumerate
242
243@item
244The older list, @samp{amd-workers} is for general "how to" questions and
245announcements.  To subscribe, send a note to
246@email{amd-workers-request@@majordomo.glue.umd.edu}.@footnote{Note that
247the older address, @email{amd-workers-request@@acl.lanl.gov}, is
248defunct.}  To post a message to this list, send mail to
249@email{amd-workers@@majordomo.glue.umd.edu}.
250
251@item
252The developers only list, @samp{amd-dev} is for
253
254@itemize @minus
255@item
256announcements of alpha and beta releases of am-utils
257@item
258reporting of bugs and patches
259@item
260discussions of new features for am-utils
261@item
262implementation and porting issues
263@end itemize
264
265To subscribe, send a note to @email{majordomo@@majordomo.cs.columbia.edu}
266with the single body text line @samp{subscribe amd-dev}.  To post a
267message to this list, send mail to
268@email{amd-dev@@majordomo.cs.columbia.edu}.  To avoid as much spam as
269possible, only subscribers to this list may post to it.
270
271Subscribers of @samp{amd-dev} are most suitable if they have the time
272and resources to test new and buggy versions of amd, on as many
273different platforms as possible.  They should also be prepared to learn
274and use the GNU Autoconf, Automake, and Libtool packages, and of course,
275be very familiar with the complex code in the am-utils package.  In
276other words, subscribers on this list should be able to contribute
277meaningfully to the development of amd.
278
279@end enumerate
280
281@c ################################################################
282@node Intro, History, Distrib, Top
283@unnumbered Introduction
284@cindex Introduction
285
286An @dfn{automounter} maintains a cache of mounted filesystems.
287Filesystems are mounted on demand when they are first referenced,
288and unmounted after a period of inactivity.
289
290@i{Amd} may be used as a replacement for Sun's automounter.  The choice
291of which filesystem to mount can be controlled dynamically with
292@dfn{selectors}.  Selectors allow decisions of the form ``hostname is
293@var{this},'' or ``architecture is not @var{that}.''  Selectors may be
294combined arbitrarily.  @i{Amd} also supports a variety of filesystem
295types, including NFS, UFS and the novel @dfn{program} filesystem.  The
296combination of selectors and multiple filesystem types allows identical
297configuration files to be used on all machines thus reducing the
298administrative overhead.
299
300@i{Amd} ensures that it will not hang if a remote server goes down.
301Moreover, @i{Amd} can determine when a remote server has become
302inaccessible and then mount replacement filesystems as and when they
303become available.
304
305@i{Amd} contains no proprietary source code and has been ported to
306numerous flavors of Unix.
307
308@c ################################################################
309@node History, Overview, Intro, Top
310@unnumbered History
311@cindex History
312
313The @i{Amd} package has been without an official maintainer since 1992.
314Several people have stepped in to maintain it unofficially.  Most
315notable were the `upl' (Unofficial Patch Level) releases of @i{Amd},
316created by me (@email{ezk@@cs.columbia.edu,Erez Zadok}), and available from
317@url{ftp://ftp.cs.columbia.edu/pub/amd/}.  The last such unofficial
318release was `upl102'.
319
320Through the process of patching and aging, it was becoming more and more
321apparent that @i{Amd} was in much need of revitalizing.  Maintaining
322@i{Amd} had become a difficult task.  I took it upon myself to cleanup
323the code, so that it would be easier to port to new platforms, add new
324features, keep up with the many new feature requests, and deal with the
325never ending stream of bug reports.
326
327I have been working on such a release of @i{Amd} on and off since
328January of 1996.  The new suite of tools is currently named "am-utils"
329(AutoMounter Utilities), in line with GNU naming conventions, befitting
330the contents of the package.  In October of 1996 I had received enough
331offers to help me with this task that I decided to make a mailing list
332for this group of people.  Around the same time, @i{Amd} had become a
333necessary part of my PhD thesis work, resulting in more work performed
334on am-utils.
335
336Am-utils version 6.0 was numbered with a major new release number to
337distinguish it from the last official release of @i{Amd} (5.x).  Many
338new features have been added such as a GNU @code{configure} system, NFS
339Version 3, Autofs support, a run-time configuration file (`amd.conf'),
340many new ports, more scripts and programs, as well as numerous bug
341fixes.  Another reason for the new major release number was to alert
342users of am-utils that user-visible interfaces may have changed.  In
343order to make @i{Amd} work well for the next 10 years, and be easier to
344maintain, it was necessary to remove old or unused features, change
345various syntax files, etc.  However, great care was taken to ensure the
346maximum possible backwards compatibility.
347
348@c ################################################################
349@node Overview, Supported Platforms, History, Top
350@chapter Overview
351
352@i{Amd} maintains a cache of mounted filesystems.  Filesystems are
353@dfn{demand-mounted} when they are first referenced, and unmounted after
354a period of inactivity.  @i{Amd} may be used as a replacement for Sun's
355@b{automount}(8) program.  It contains no proprietary source code and
356has been ported to numerous flavors of Unix.  @xref{Supported
357Platforms}.@refill
358
359@i{Amd} was designed as the basis for experimenting with filesystem
360layout and management.  Although @i{Amd} has many direct applications it
361is loaded with additional features which have little practical use.  At
362some point the infrequently used components may be removed to streamline
363the production system.
364
365@c @i{Amd} supports the notion of @dfn{replicated} filesystems by evaluating
366@c each member of a list of possible filesystem locations in parallel.
367@c @i{Amd} checks that each cached mapping remains valid.  Should a mapping be
368@c lost -- such as happens when a fileserver goes down -- @i{Amd} automatically
369@c selects a replacement should one be available.
370@c
371@menu
372* Fundamentals::
373* Filesystems and Volumes::
374* Volume Naming::
375* Volume Binding::
376* Operational Principles::
377* Mounting a Volume::
378* Automatic Unmounting::
379* Keep-alives::
380* Non-blocking Operation::
381@end menu
382
383@node Fundamentals, Filesystems and Volumes, Overview, Overview
384@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
385@section Fundamentals
386@cindex Automounter fundamentals
387
388The fundamental concept behind @i{Amd} is the ability to separate the
389name used to refer to a file from the name used to refer to its physical
390storage location.  This allows the same files to be accessed with the
391same name regardless of where in the network the name is used.  This is
392very different from placing @file{/n/hostname} in front of the pathname
393since that includes location dependent information which may change if
394files are moved to another machine.
395
396By placing the required mappings in a centrally administered database,
397filesystems can be re-organized without requiring changes to
398configuration files, shell scripts and so on.
399
400@node Filesystems and Volumes, Volume Naming, Fundamentals, Overview
401@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
402@section Filesystems and Volumes
403@cindex Filesystem
404@cindex Volume
405@cindex Fileserver
406@cindex sublink
407
408@i{Amd} views the world as a set of fileservers, each containing one or
409more filesystems where each filesystem contains one or more
410@dfn{volumes}.  Here the term @dfn{volume} is used to refer to a
411coherent set of files such as a user's home directory or a @TeX{}
412distribution.@refill
413
414In order to access the contents of a volume, @i{Amd} must be told in
415which filesystem the volume resides and which host owns the filesystem.
416By default the host is assumed to be local and the volume is assumed to
417be the entire filesystem.  If a filesystem contains more than one
418volume, then a @dfn{sublink} is used to refer to the sub-directory
419within the filesystem where the volume can be found.
420
421@node Volume Naming, Volume Binding, Filesystems and Volumes, Overview
422@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
423@section Volume Naming
424@cindex Volume names
425@cindex Network-wide naming
426@cindex Replicated volumes
427@cindex Duplicated volumes
428@cindex Replacement volumes
429
430Volume names are defined to be unique across the entire network.  A
431volume name is the pathname to the volume's root as known by the users
432of that volume.  Since this name uniquely identifies the volume
433contents, all volumes can be named and accessed from each host, subject
434to administrative controls.
435
436Volumes may be replicated or duplicated.  Replicated volumes contain
437identical copies of the same data and reside at two or more locations in
438the network.  Each of the replicated volumes can be used
439interchangeably.  Duplicated volumes each have the same name but contain
440different, though functionally identical, data.  For example,
441@samp{/vol/tex} might be the name of a @TeX{} distribution which varied
442for each machine architecture.@refill
443
444@i{Amd} provides facilities to take advantage of both replicated and
445duplicated volumes.  Configuration options allow a single set of
446configuration data to be shared across an entire network by taking
447advantage of replicated and duplicated volumes.
448
449@i{Amd} can take advantage of replacement volumes by mounting them as
450required should an active fileserver become unavailable.
451
452@node Volume Binding, Operational Principles, Volume Naming, Overview
453@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
454@section Volume Binding
455@cindex Volume binding
456@cindex Unix namespace
457@cindex Namespace
458@cindex Binding names to filesystems
459
460Unix implements a namespace of hierarchically mounted filesystems.  Two
461forms of binding between names and files are provided.  A @dfn{hard
462link} completes the binding when the name is added to the filesystem.  A
463@dfn{soft link} delays the binding until the name is accessed.  An
464@dfn{automounter} adds a further form in which the binding of name to
465filesystem is delayed until the name is accessed.@refill
466
467The target volume, in its general form, is a tuple (host, filesystem,
468sublink) which can be used to name the physical location of any volume
469in the network.
470
471When a target is referenced, @i{Amd} ignores the sublink element and
472determines whether the required filesystem is already mounted.  This is
473done by computing the local mount point for the filesystem and checking
474for an existing filesystem mounted at the same place.  If such a
475filesystem already exists then it is assumed to be functionally
476identical to the target filesystem.  By default there is a one-to-one
477mapping between the pair (host, filesystem) and the local mount point so
478this assumption is valid.
479
480@node Operational Principles, Mounting a Volume, Volume Binding, Overview
481@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
482@section Operational Principles
483@cindex Operational principles
484
485@i{Amd} operates by introducing new mount points into the namespace.
486These are called @dfn{automount} points.  The kernel sees these
487automount points as NFS filesystems being served by @i{Amd}.  Having
488attached itself to the namespace, @i{Amd} is now able to control the
489view the rest of the system has of those mount points.  RPC calls are
490received from the kernel one at a time.
491
492When a @dfn{lookup} call is received @i{Amd} checks whether the name is
493already known.  If it is not, the required volume is mounted.  A
494symbolic link pointing to the volume root is then returned.  Once the
495symbolic link is returned, the kernel will send all other requests
496direct to the mounted filesystem.
497
498If a volume is not yet mounted, @i{Amd} consults a configuration
499@dfn{mount-map} corresponding to the automount point.  @i{Amd} then
500makes a runtime decision on what and where to mount a filesystem based
501on the information obtained from the map.
502
503@i{Amd} does not implement all the NFS requests; only those relevant
504to name binding such as @dfn{lookup}, @dfn{readlink} and @dfn{readdir}.
505Some other calls are also implemented but most simply return an error
506code; for example @dfn{mkdir} always returns ``read-only filesystem''.
507
508@node Mounting a Volume, Automatic Unmounting, Operational Principles, Overview
509@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
510@section Mounting a Volume
511@cindex Mounting a volume
512@cindex Location lists
513@cindex Alternate locations
514@cindex Mount retries
515@cindex Background mounts
516
517Each automount point has a corresponding mount map.  The mount map
518contains a list of key--value pairs.  The key is the name of the volume
519to be mounted.  The value is a list of locations describing where the
520filesystem is stored in the network.  In the source for the map the
521value would look like
522
523@display
524location1  location2  @dots{}  locationN
525@end display
526
527@i{Amd} examines each location in turn.  Each location may contain
528@dfn{selectors} which control whether @i{Amd} can use that location.
529For example, the location may be restricted to use by certain hosts.
530Those locations which cannot be used are ignored.
531
532@i{Amd} attempts to mount the filesystem described by each remaining
533location until a mount succeeds or @i{Amd} can no longer proceed.  The
534latter can occur in three ways:
535
536@itemize @bullet
537@item
538If none of the locations could be used, or if all of the locations
539caused an error, then the last error is returned.
540
541@item
542If a location could be used but was being mounted in the background then
543@i{Amd} marks that mount as being ``in progress'' and continues with
544the next request; no reply is sent to the kernel.
545
546@item
547Lastly, one or more of the mounts may have been @dfn{deferred}.  A mount
548is deferred if extra information is required before the mount can
549proceed.  When the information becomes available the mount will take
550place, but in the mean time no reply is sent to the kernel.  If the
551mount is deferred, @i{Amd} continues to try any remaining locations.
552@end itemize
553
554Once a volume has been mounted, @i{Amd} establishes a @dfn{volume
555mapping} which is used to satisfy subsequent requests.@refill
556
557@node Automatic Unmounting, Keep-alives, Mounting a Volume, Overview
558@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
559@section Automatic Unmounting
560
561To avoid an ever increasing number of filesystem mounts, @i{Amd} removes
562volume mappings which have not been used recently.  A time-to-live
563interval is associated with each mapping and when that expires the
564mapping is removed.  When the last reference to a filesystem is removed,
565that filesystem is unmounted.  If the unmount fails, for example the
566filesystem is still busy, the mapping is re-instated and its
567time-to-live interval is extended.  The global default for this grace
568period is controlled by the @code{-w} command-line option (@pxref{-w
569Option, -w}) or the @i{amd.conf} parameter @samp{dismount_interval}
570(@pxref{dismount_interval Parameter}).  It is also possible to set this
571value on a per-mount basis (@pxref{opts Option, opts, opts}).
572
573Filesystems can be forcefully timed out using the @i{Amq} command.
574@xref{Run-time Administration}.
575
576@node Keep-alives, Non-blocking Operation, Automatic Unmounting, Overview
577@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
578@section Keep-alives
579@cindex Keep-alives
580@cindex Server crashes
581@cindex NFS ping
582
583Use of some filesystem types requires the presence of a server on
584another machine.  If a machine crashes then it is of no concern to
585processes on that machine that the filesystem is unavailable.  However,
586to processes on a remote host using that machine as a fileserver this
587event is important.  This situation is most widely recognized when an
588NFS server crashes and the behavior observed on client machines is that
589more and more processes hang.  In order to provide the possibility of
590recovery, @i{Amd} implements a @dfn{keep-alive} interval timer for some
591filesystem types.  Currently only NFS makes use of this service.
592
593The basis of the NFS keep-alive implementation is the observation that
594most sites maintain replicated copies of common system data such as
595manual pages, most or all programs, system source code and so on.  If
596one of those servers goes down it would be reasonable to mount one of
597the others as a replacement.
598
599The first part of the process is to keep track of which fileservers are
600up and which are down.  @i{Amd} does this by sending RPC requests to the
601servers' NFS @code{NullProc} and checking whether a reply is returned.
602While the server state is uncertain the requests are re-transmitted at
603three second intervals and if no reply is received after four attempts
604the server is marked down.  If a reply is received the fileserver is
605marked up and stays in that state for 30 seconds at which time another
606NFS ping is sent.
607
608Once a fileserver is marked down, requests continue to be sent every 30
609seconds in order to determine when the fileserver comes back up.  During
610this time any reference through @i{Amd} to the filesystems on that
611server fail with the error ``Operation would block''.  If a replacement
612volume is available then it will be mounted, otherwise the error is
613returned to the user.
614
615@c @i{Amd} keeps track of which servers are up and which are down.
616@c It does this by sending RPC requests to the servers' NFS {\sc NullProc} and
617@c checking whether a reply is returned.  If no replies are received after a
618@c short period, @i{Amd} marks the fileserver @dfn{down}.
619@c RPC requests continue to be sent so that it will notice when a fileserver
620@c comes back up.
621@c ICMP echo packets \cite{rfc:icmp} are not used because it is the availability
622@c of the NFS service that is important, not the existence of a base kernel.
623@c Whenever a reference to a fileserver which is down is made via @i{Amd}, an alternate
624@c filesystem is mounted if one is available.
625@c
626Although this action does not protect user files, which are unique on
627the network, or processes which do not access files via @i{Amd} or
628already have open files on the hung filesystem, it can prevent most new
629processes from hanging.
630
631By default, fileserver state is not maintained for NFS/TCP mounts.  The
632remote fileserver is always assumed to be up.
633@c
634@c With a suitable combination of filesystem management and mount-maps,
635@c machines can be protected against most server downtime.  This can be
636@c enhanced by allocating boot-servers dynamically which allows a diskless
637@c workstation to be quickly restarted if necessary.  Once the root filesystem
638@c is mounted, @i{Amd} can be started and allowed to mount the remainder of
639@c the filesystem from whichever fileservers are available.
640
641@node Non-blocking Operation, , Keep-alives, Overview
642@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
643@section Non-blocking Operation
644@cindex Non-blocking operation
645@cindex Multiple-threaded server
646@cindex RPC retries
647
648Since there is only one instance of @i{Amd} for each automount point,
649and usually only one instance on each machine, it is important that it
650is always available to service kernel calls.  @i{Amd} goes to great
651lengths to ensure that it does not block in a system call.  As a last
652resort @i{Amd} will fork before it attempts a system call that may block
653indefinitely, such as mounting an NFS filesystem.  Other tasks such as
654obtaining filehandle information for an NFS filesystem, are done using a
655purpose built non-blocking RPC library which is integrated with
656@i{Amd}'s task scheduler.  This library is also used to implement NFS
657keep-alives (@pxref{Keep-alives}).
658
659Whenever a mount is deferred or backgrounded, @i{Amd} must wait for it
660to complete before replying to the kernel.  However, this would cause
661@i{Amd} to block waiting for a reply to be constructed.  Rather than do
662this, @i{Amd} simply @dfn{drops} the call under the assumption that the
663kernel RPC mechanism will automatically retry the request.
664
665@c ################################################################
666@node Supported Platforms, Mount Maps, Overview, Top
667@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
668@chapter Supported Platforms
669@cindex Supported Platforms
670@cindex shared libraries
671@cindex NFS V.3 support
672
673@i{Am-utils} has been ported to a wide variety of machines and operating
674systems.  @i{Am-utils}'s code works for little-endian and big-endian
675machines, as well as 32 bit and 64 bit architectures.  Furthermore, when
676@i{Am-utils} ports to an Operating System on one architecture, it is generally
677readily portable to the same Operating System on all platforms on which
678it is available.
679
680The table below lists those platforms supported by the latest release.
681The listing is based on the standard output from GNU's
682@code{config.guess} script.  Since significant changes have been made to
683am-utils, not all systems listed here have been verified working for all
684features.
685
686@multitable {Auto-Configured System Name} {Config} {Compile} {Amd} {NFS3} {Shlib} {Hlfsd}
687
688@item @b{Auto-Configured System Name}
689@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
690@tab @b{Config} @tab @b{Compile} @tab @b{Amd} @tab @b{NFS3} @tab @b{Shlib} @tab @b{Hlfsd}
691
692@item @b{alpha-dec-osf2.1}
693@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
694@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab       @tab      @tab    
695
696@item @b{alpha-dec-osf4.0}
697@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
698@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes   @tab      @tab    
699
700@item @b{alphaev5-unknown-linux-gnu}
701@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
702@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab yes  @tab 
703
704@item @b{hppa1.0-hp-hpux11.00}
705@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
706@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab no    @tab      @tab
707
708@item @b{hppa1.1-hp-hpux10.10}
709@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
710@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab no   @tab
711
712@item @b{hppa1.1-hp-hpux10.20}
713@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
714@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab no   @tab
715
716@item @b{hppa1.1-hp-hpux9.01}
717@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
718@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab      @tab    
719
720@item @b{hppa1.1-hp-hpux9.05}
721@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
722@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab      @tab    
723
724@item @b{hppa1.1-hp-hpux9.07}
725@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
726@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab      @tab    
727
728@item @b{i386-pc-bsdi2.1}
729@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
730@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab      @tab    
731
732@item @b{i386-pc-bsdi3.0}
733@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
734@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab      @tab    
735
736@item @b{i386-pc-bsdi3.1}
737@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
738@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab      @tab    
739
740@item @b{i386-pc-solaris2.5.1}
741@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
742@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes
743
744@item @b{i386-pc-solaris2.6}
745@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
746@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes
747
748@item @b{i386-unknown-freebsd2.1.0}
749@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
750@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab      @tab 
751
752@item @b{i386-unknown-freebsd2.2.1}
753@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
754@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab yes  @tab 
755
756@item @b{i386-unknown-freebsd3.0}
757@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
758@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab 
759
760@item @b{i386-unknown-netbsd1.2.1}
761@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
762@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab 
763
764@item @b{i386-unknown-netbsd1.3}
765@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
766@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab 
767
768@item @b{i386-unknown-netbsd1.3.1}
769@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
770@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab 
771
772@item @b{i386-unknown-openbsd2.1}
773@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
774@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab 
775
776@item @b{i486-ncr-sysv4.3.03}
777@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
778@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab      @tab yes   @tab      @tab 
779
780@item @b{i486-pc-linux-gnulibc1}
781@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
782@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab yes  @tab 
783
784@item @b{i586-pc-linux-gnulinc1}
785@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
786@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab yes  @tab 
787
788@item @b{i686-pc-linux-gnu}
789@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
790@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab yes  @tab 
791
792@item @b{m68k-hp-hpux9.00}
793@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
794@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab      @tab    
795
796@item @b{m68k-sun-sunos4.1.1}
797@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
798@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab      @tab    
799
800@item @b{m68k-next-nextstep3}
801@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
802@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab      @tab    
803
804@item @b{mips-dec-ultrix4.3}
805@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
806@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab      @tab 
807
808@item @b{mips-sgi-irix5.2}
809@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
810@tab         @tab       @tab      @tab       @tab      @tab 
811
812@item @b{mips-sgi-irix5.3}
813@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
814@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes   @tab      @tab 
815
816@item @b{mips-sgi-irix6.2}
817@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
818@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes   @tab      @tab 
819
820@item @b{mips-sgi-irix6.4}
821@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
822@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab 
823
824@item @b{powerpc-ibm-aix4.1.5.0}
825@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
826@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab      @tab 
827
828@item @b{powerpc-ibm-aix4.2.1.0}
829@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
830@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes   @tab      @tab 
831
832@item @b{rs6000-ibm-aix3.2}
833@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
834@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab      @tab 
835
836@item @b{rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.5}
837@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
838@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab      @tab 
839
840@item @b{rs6000-ibm-aix4.1.4.0}
841@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
842@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab      @tab 
843
844@item @b{rs6000-ibm-aix4.1.5.0}
845@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
846@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab      @tab 
847
848@item @b{sparc-sun-solaris2.3}
849@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
850@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab      @tab 
851
852@item @b{sparc-sun-solaris2.4}
853@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
854@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab yes  @tab 
855
856@item @b{sparc-sun-solaris2.5}
857@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
858@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab 
859
860@item @b{sparc-sun-solaris2.5.1}
861@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
862@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes
863
864@item @b{sparc-sun-solaris2.6}
865@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
866@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes
867
868@item @b{sparc-sun-sunos4.1.1}
869@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
870@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab yes  @tab 
871
872@item @b{sparc-sun-sunos4.1.3}
873@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
874@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab yes  @tab 
875
876@item @b{sparc-sun-sunos4.1.3C}
877@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
878@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab yes  @tab 
879
880@item @b{sparc-sun-sunos4.1.3_U1}
881@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
882@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab yes  @tab 
883
884@item @b{sparc-sun-sunos4.1.4}
885@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
886@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab yes  @tab 
887
888@item @b{sparc-unknown-linux-gnulibc1}
889@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
890@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab yes  @tab 
891
892@item @b{sparc-unknown-netbsd1.2E}
893@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
894@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab       @tab      @tab 
895
896@end multitable
897
898See the @file{INSTALL} in the distribution for more specific details on
899building and/or configuring for some systems.
900
901@c ################################################################
902@node Mount Maps, Amd Command Line Options, Supported Platforms, Top
903@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
904@chapter Mount Maps
905@cindex Mount maps
906@cindex Automounter configuration maps
907@cindex Mount information
908
909@i{Amd} has no built-in knowledge of machines or filesystems.
910External @dfn{mount-maps} are used to provide the required information.
911Specifically, @i{Amd} needs to know when and under what conditions it
912should mount filesystems.
913
914The map entry corresponding to the requested name contains a list of
915possible locations from which to resolve the request.  Each location
916specifies filesystem type, information required by that filesystem (for
917example the block special device in the case of UFS), and some
918information describing where to mount the filesystem (@pxref{fs Option}).  A
919location may also contain @dfn{selectors} (@pxref{Selectors}).@refill
920
921@menu
922* Map Types::
923* Key Lookup::
924* Location Format::
925@end menu
926
927@node Map Types, Key Lookup, Mount Maps, Mount Maps
928@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
929@section Map Types
930@cindex Mount map types
931@cindex Map types
932@cindex Configuration map types
933@cindex Types of mount map
934@cindex Types of configuration map
935@cindex Determining the map type
936
937A mount-map provides the run-time configuration information to @i{Amd}.
938Maps can be implemented in many ways.  Some of the forms supported by
939@i{Amd} are regular files, ndbm databases, NIS maps, the @dfn{Hesiod}
940name server, and even the password file.
941
942A mount-map @dfn{name} is a sequence of characters.  When an automount
943point is created a handle on the mount-map is obtained.  For each map
944type configured, @i{Amd} attempts to reference the map of the
945appropriate type.  If a map is found, @i{Amd} notes the type for future
946use and deletes the reference, for example closing any open file
947descriptors.  The available maps are configured when @i{Amd} is built
948and can be displayed by running the command @samp{amd -v}.
949
950When using an @i{Amd} configuration file (@pxref{Amd Configuration File})
951and the keyword @samp{map_type} (@pxref{map_type Parameter}), you may
952force the map used to any type.
953
954By default, @i{Amd} caches data in a mode dependent on the type of map.
955This is the same as specifying @samp{cache:=mapdefault} and selects a
956suitable default cache mode depending on the map type.  The individual
957defaults are described below.  The @var{cache} option can be specified
958on automount points to alter the caching behavior (@pxref{Automount
959Filesystem}).@refill
960
961The following map types have been implemented, though some are not
962available on all machines.  Run the command @samp{amd -v} to obtain a
963list of map types configured on your machine.
964
965@menu
966* File maps::
967* ndbm maps::
968* NIS maps::
969* NIS+ maps::
970* Hesiod maps::
971* Password maps::
972* Union maps::
973* LDAP maps::
974@end menu
975
976@node File maps, ndbm maps, Map Types, Map Types
977@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
978@subsection File maps
979@cindex File maps
980@cindex Flat file maps
981@cindex File map syntactic conventions
982
983When @i{Amd} searches a file for a map entry it does a simple scan of
984the file and supports both comments and continuation lines.
985
986Continuation lines are indicated by a backslash character (@samp{\}) as
987the last character of a line in the file.  The backslash, newline character
988@emph{and any leading white space on the following line} are discarded.  A maximum
989line length of 2047 characters is enforced after continuation lines are read
990but before comments are stripped.  Each line must end with
991a newline character; that is newlines are terminators, not separators.
992The following examples illustrate this:
993
994@example
995key     valA   valB;   \
996          valC
997@end example
998
999specifies @emph{three} locations, and is identical to
1000
1001@example
1002key     valA   valB;   valC
1003@end example
1004
1005However,
1006
1007@example
1008key     valA   valB;\
1009          valC
1010@end example
1011
1012specifies only @emph{two} locations, and is identical to
1013
1014@example
1015key     valA   valB;valC
1016@end example
1017
1018After a complete line has been read from the file, including
1019continuations, @i{Amd} determines whether there is a comment on the
1020line.  A comment begins with a hash (``@samp{#}'') character and
1021continues to the end of the line.  There is no way to escape or change
1022the comment lead-in character.
1023
1024Note that continuation lines and comment support @dfn{only} apply to
1025file maps, or ndbm maps built with the @code{mk-amd-map} program.
1026
1027When caching is enabled, file maps have a default cache mode of
1028@code{all} (@pxref{Automount Filesystem}).
1029
1030@node ndbm maps, NIS maps, File maps, Map Types
1031@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
1032@subsection ndbm maps
1033@cindex ndbm maps
1034
1035An ndbm map may be used as a fast access form of a file map.  The program,
1036@code{mk-amd-map}, converts a normal map file into an ndbm database.
1037This program supports the same continuation and comment conventions that
1038are provided for file maps.  Note that ndbm format files may @emph{not}
1039be sharable across machine architectures.  The notion of speed generally
1040only applies to large maps; a small map, less than a single disk block,
1041is almost certainly better implemented as a file map.
1042
1043ndbm maps have a default cache mode of @samp{all} (@pxref{Automount Filesystem}).
1044
1045@node NIS maps, NIS+ maps, ndbm maps, Map Types
1046@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
1047@subsection NIS maps
1048@cindex NIS (YP) maps
1049
1050When using NIS (formerly YP), an @i{Amd} map is implemented directly
1051by the underlying NIS map.  Comments and continuation lines are
1052@emph{not} supported in the automounter and must be stripped when
1053constructing the NIS server's database.
1054
1055NIS maps have a default cache mode of @code{all} (@pxref{Automount
1056Filesystem}).
1057
1058The following rule illustrates what could be added to your NIS @file{Makefile},
1059in this case causing the @file{amd.home} map to be rebuilt:
1060@example
1061$(YPTSDIR)/amd.home.time: $(ETCDIR)/amd.home
1062    -@@sed -e "s/#.*$$//" -e "/^$$/d" $(ETCDIR)/amd.home | \
1063      awk '@{  \
1064         for (i = 1; i <= NF; i++) \
1065             if (i == NF) @{ \
1066             if (substr($$i, length($$i), 1) == "\\") \
1067                 printf("%s", substr($$i, 1, length($$i) - 1)); \
1068             else \
1069                 printf("%s\n", $$i); \
1070             @} \
1071             else \
1072             printf("%s ", $$i); \
1073         @}' | \
1074    $(MAKEDBM) - $(YPDBDIR)/amd.home; \
1075    touch $(YPTSDIR)/amd.home.time; \
1076    echo "updated amd.home"; \
1077    if [ ! $(NOPUSH) ]; then \
1078        $(YPPUSH) amd.home; \
1079        echo "pushed amd.home"; \
1080    else \
1081        : ; \
1082    fi
1083@end example
1084
1085Here @code{$(YPTSDIR)} contains the time stamp files, and @code{$(YPDBDIR)} contains
1086the dbm format NIS files.
1087
1088@node NIS+ maps, Hesiod maps, NIS maps, Map Types
1089@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
1090@subsection NIS+ maps
1091@cindex NIS+ maps
1092
1093NIS+ maps do not support cache mode @samp{all} and, when caching is
1094enabled, have a default cache mode of @samp{inc}.
1095
1096XXX: FILL IN WITH AN EXAMPLE.
1097
1098@node Hesiod maps, Password maps, NIS+ maps, Map Types
1099@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
1100@subsection Hesiod maps
1101@cindex Hesiod maps
1102
1103When the map name begins with the string @samp{hesiod.} lookups are made
1104using the @dfn{Hesiod} name server.  The string following the dot is
1105used as a name qualifier and is prepended with the key being located.
1106The entire string is then resolved in the @code{automount} context, or
1107the @i{amd.conf} parameter @samp{hesiod_base} (@pxref{hesiod_base
1108Parameter}).  For example, if the the key is @samp{jsp} and map name is
1109@samp{hesiod.homes} then @dfn{Hesiod} is asked to resolve
1110@samp{jsp.homes.automount}.
1111
1112Hesiod maps do not support cache mode @samp{all} and, when caching is
1113enabled, have a default cache mode of @samp{inc} (@pxref{Automount
1114Filesystem}).
1115
1116The following is an example of a @dfn{Hesiod} map entry:
1117
1118@example
1119jsp.homes.automount HS TXT "rfs:=/home/charm;rhost:=charm;sublink:=jsp"
1120njw.homes.automount HS TXT "rfs:=/home/dylan/dk2;rhost:=dylan;sublink:=njw"
1121@end example
1122
1123@node Password maps, Union maps, Hesiod maps, Map Types
1124@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
1125@subsection Password maps
1126@cindex Password file maps
1127@cindex /etc/passwd maps
1128@cindex User maps, automatic generation
1129@cindex Automatic generation of user maps
1130@cindex Using the password file as a map
1131
1132The password map support is unlike the four previous map types.  When
1133the map name is the string @file{/etc/passwd} @i{Amd} can lookup a user
1134name in the password file and re-arrange the home directory field to
1135produce a usable map entry.
1136
1137@i{Amd} assumes the home directory has the format
1138`@t{/}@i{anydir}@t{/}@i{dom1}@t{/../}@i{domN}@t{/}@i{login}'.
1139@c @footnote{This interpretation is not necessarily exactly what you want.}
1140It breaks this string into a map entry where @code{$@{rfs@}} has the
1141value `@t{/}@i{anydir}@t{/}@i{domN}', @code{$@{rhost@}} has the value
1142`@i{domN}@t{.}@i{...}@t{.}@i{dom1}', and @code{$@{sublink@}} has the
1143value @i{login}.@refill
1144
1145Thus if the password file entry was
1146
1147@example
1148/home/achilles/jsp
1149@end example
1150
1151the map entry used by @i{Amd} would be
1152
1153@example
1154rfs:=/home/achilles;rhost:=achilles;sublink:=jsp
1155@end example
1156
1157Similarly, if the password file entry was
1158
1159@example
1160/home/cc/sugar/mjh
1161@end example
1162
1163the map entry used by @i{Amd} would be 
1164
1165@example
1166rfs:=/home/sugar;rhost:=sugar.cc;sublink:=jsp
1167@end example
1168
1169@node Union maps, LDAP maps , Password maps, Map Types
1170@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
1171@subsection Union maps
1172@cindex Union file maps
1173
1174The union map support is provided specifically for use with the union
1175filesystem, @pxref{Union Filesystem}.
1176
1177It is identified by the string @samp{union:} which is followed by a
1178colon separated list of directories.  The directories are read in order,
1179and the names of all entries are recorded in the map cache.  Later
1180directories take precedence over earlier ones.  The union filesystem
1181type then uses the map cache to determine the union of the names in all
1182the directories.
1183
1184@node LDAP maps, , Union maps, Map Types
1185@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
1186@subsection LDAP maps
1187@cindex LDAP maps
1188@cindex Lightweight Directory Access Protocol
1189
1190LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) maps do not support cache
1191mode @samp{all} and, when caching is enabled, have a default cache mode
1192of @samp{inc}.
1193
1194For example, an @i{Amd} map @samp{amd.home} that looks as follows:
1195
1196@example
1197/defaults    opts:=rw,intr;type:=link
1198
1199zing         -rhost:=shekel \
1200             host==shekel \
1201             host!=shekel;type:=nfs
1202@end example
1203@noindent
1204when converted to LDAP (@pxref{amd2ldif}), will result in the following
1205LDAP database:
1206@example
1207$ amd2ldif amd.home CUCS < amd.home
1208dn: cn=amdmap timestamp, CUCS
1209cn             : amdmap timestamp
1210objectClass    : amdmapTimestamp
1211amdmapTimestamp: 873071363
1212
1213dn: cn=amdmap amd.home[/defaults], CUCS
1214cn          : amdmap amd.home[/defaults]
1215objectClass : amdmap
1216amdmapName  : amd.home
1217amdmapKey   : /defaults
1218amdmapValue : opts:=rw,intr;type:=link
1219
1220dn: cn=amdmap amd.home[], CUCS
1221cn          : amdmap amd.home[]
1222objectClass : amdmap
1223amdmapName  : amd.home
1224amdmapKey   : 
1225amdmapValue : 
1226
1227dn: cn=amdmap amd.home[zing], CUCS
1228cn          : amdmap amd.home[zing]
1229objectClass : amdmap
1230amdmapName  : amd.home
1231amdmapKey   : zing
1232amdmapValue : -rhost:=shekel host==shekel host!=shekel;type:=nfs
1233@end example
1234
1235@c subsection Gdbm
1236
1237@node Key Lookup, Location Format, Map Types, Mount Maps
1238@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
1239@section How keys are looked up
1240@cindex Key lookup
1241@cindex Map lookup
1242@cindex Looking up keys
1243@cindex How keys are looked up
1244@cindex Wildcards in maps
1245
1246The key is located in the map whose type was determined when the
1247automount point was first created.  In general the key is a pathname
1248component.  In some circumstances this may be modified by variable
1249expansion (@pxref{Variable Expansion}) and prefixing.  If the automount
1250point has a prefix, specified by the @var{pref} option, then that is
1251prepended to the search key before the map is searched.
1252
1253If the map cache is a @samp{regexp} cache then the key is treated as an
1254egrep-style regular expression, otherwise a normal string comparison is
1255made.
1256
1257If the key cannot be found then a @dfn{wildcard} match is attempted.
1258@i{Amd} repeatedly strips the basename from the key, appends @samp{/*} and
1259attempts a lookup.  Finally, @i{Amd} attempts to locate the special key @samp{*}.
1260
1261For example, the following sequence would be checked if @file{home/dylan/dk2} was
1262being located:
1263
1264@example
1265   home/dylan/dk2
1266   home/dylan/*
1267   home/*
1268   *
1269@end example
1270
1271At any point when a wildcard is found, @i{Amd} proceeds as if an exact
1272match had been found and the value field is then used to resolve the
1273mount request, otherwise an error code is propagated back to the kernel.
1274(@pxref{Filesystem Types}).@refill
1275
1276@node Location Format, , Key Lookup, Mount Maps
1277@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
1278@section Location Format
1279@cindex Location format
1280@cindex Map entry format
1281@cindex How locations are parsed
1282
1283The value field from the lookup provides the information required to
1284mount a filesystem.  The information is parsed according to the syntax
1285shown below.
1286
1287@display
1288@i{location-list}:
1289                  @i{location-selection}
1290                  @i{location-list} @i{white-space} @t{||} @i{white-space} @i{location-selection}
1291@i{location-selection}:
1292                  @i{location}
1293                  @i{location-selection} @i{white-space} @i{location}
1294@i{location}:
1295                  @i{location-info}
1296                  @t{-}@i{location-info}
1297                  @t{-}
1298@i{location-info}:
1299                  @i{sel-or-opt}
1300                  @i{location-info}@t{;}@i{sel-or-opt}
1301                  @t{;}
1302@i{sel-or-opt}:
1303                  @i{selection}
1304                  @i{opt-ass}
1305@i{selection}:
1306                  selector@t{==}@i{value}
1307                  selector@t{!=}@i{value}
1308@i{opt-ass}:
1309                  option@t{:=}@i{value}
1310@i{white-space}:
1311                  space
1312                  tab
1313@end display
1314
1315Note that unquoted whitespace is not allowed in a location description.
1316White space is only allowed, and is mandatory, where shown with non-terminal
1317@i{white-space}.
1318
1319A @dfn{location-selection} is a list of possible volumes with which to
1320satisfy the request.  @dfn{location-selection}s are separated by the
1321@samp{||} operator.  The effect of this operator is to prevent use of
1322location-selections to its right if any of the location-selections on
1323its left were selected whether or not any of them were successfully
1324mounted (@pxref{Selectors}).@refill
1325
1326The location-selection, and singleton @dfn{location-list},
1327@samp{type:=ufs;dev:=/dev/xd1g} would inform @i{Amd} to mount a UFS
1328filesystem from the block special device @file{/dev/xd1g}.
1329
1330The @dfn{sel-or-opt} component is either the name of an option required
1331by a specific filesystem, or it is the name of a built-in, predefined
1332selector such as the architecture type.  The value may be quoted with
1333double quotes @samp{"}, for example
1334@samp{type:="ufs";dev:="/dev/xd1g"}.  These quotes are stripped when the
1335value is parsed and there is no way to get a double quote into a value
1336field.  Double quotes are used to get white space into a value field,
1337which is needed for the program filesystem (@pxref{Program Filesystem}).@refill
1338
1339@menu
1340* Map Defaults::
1341* Variable Expansion::
1342* Selectors::
1343* Map Options::
1344@end menu
1345
1346@node Map Defaults, Variable Expansion, Location Format, Location Format
1347@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
1348@subsection Map Defaults
1349@cindex Map defaults
1350@cindex How to set default map parameters
1351@cindex Setting default map parameters
1352
1353A location beginning with a dash @samp{-} is used to specify default
1354values for subsequent locations.  Any previously specified defaults in
1355the location-list are discarded.  The default string can be empty in
1356which case no defaults apply.
1357
1358The location @samp{-fs:=/mnt;opts:=ro} would set the local mount point
1359to @file{/mnt} and cause mounts to be read-only by default.  Defaults
1360specified this way are appended to, and so override, any global map
1361defaults given with @samp{/defaults}).
1362
1363@c
1364@c A @samp{/defaults} value @dfn{gdef} and a location list
1365@c \begin{quote}
1366@c $@samp{-}@dfn{def}_a $\verb*+ +$ @dfn{loc}_{a_1} $\verb*+ +$ @dfn{loc}_{a_2} $\verb*+ +$ @samp{-}@dfn{def}_b $\verb*+ +$ @dfn{loc}_{b_1} \ldots$
1367@c \end{quote}
1368@c is equivalent to
1369@c \begin{quote}
1370@c $@samp{-}@dfn{gdef}@samp{;}@dfn{def}_a $\verb*+ +$ @dfn{loc}_{a_1} $\verb*+ +$ @dfn{loc}_{a_2} $\verb*+ +$ @samp{-}@dfn{gdef}@samp{;}@dfn{def}_b $\verb*+ +$ @dfn{loc}_{b_1} \ldots$
1371@c \end{quote}
1372@c which is equivalent to
1373@c \begin{quote}
1374@c $@dfn{gdef}@samp{;}@dfn{def}_a@samp{;}@dfn{loc}_{a_1} $\verb*+ +$@dfn{gdef}@samp{;}@dfn{def}_a@samp{;}@dfn{loc}_{a_2} $\verb*+ +$@dfn{gdef}@samp{;}@dfn{def}_b@samp{;}@dfn{loc}_{b_1} \ldots$
1375@c \end{quote}
1376
1377@node Variable Expansion, Selectors, Map Defaults, Location Format
1378@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
1379@subsection Variable Expansion
1380@cindex Variable expansion
1381@cindex How variables are expanded
1382@cindex Pathname operators
1383@cindex Domain stripping
1384@cindex Domainname operators
1385@cindex Stripping the local domain name
1386@cindex Environment variables
1387@cindex How to access environment variables in maps
1388
1389To allow generic location specifications @i{Amd} does variable expansion
1390on each location and also on some of the option strings.  Any option or
1391selector appearing in the form @code{$@dfn{var}} is replaced by the
1392current value of that option or selector.  For example, if the value of
1393@code{$@{key@}} was @samp{bin}, @code{$@{autodir@}} was @samp{/a} and
1394@code{$@{fs@}} was `@t{$@{autodir@}}@t{/local/}@t{$@{key@}}' then
1395after expansion @code{$@{fs@}} would have the value @samp{/a/local/bin}.
1396Any environment variable can be accessed in a similar way.@refill
1397
1398Two pathname operators are available when expanding a variable.  If the
1399variable name begins with @samp{/} then only the last component of the
1400pathname is substituted.  For example, if @code{$@{path@}} was
1401@samp{/foo/bar} then @code{$@{/path@}} would be expanded to @samp{bar}.
1402Similarly, if the variable name ends with @samp{/} then all but the last
1403component of the pathname is substituted.  In the previous example,
1404@code{$@{path/@}} would be expanded to @samp{/foo}.@refill
1405
1406Two domain name operators are also provided.  If the variable name
1407begins with @samp{.} then only the domain part of the name is
1408substituted.  For example, if @code{$@{rhost@}} was
1409@samp{swan.doc.ic.ac.uk} then @code{$@{.rhost@}} would be expanded to
1410@samp{doc.ic.ac.uk}.  Similarly, if the variable name ends with @samp{.}
1411then only the host component is substituted.  In the previous example,
1412@code{$@{rhost.@}} would be expanded to @samp{swan}.@refill
1413
1414Variable expansion is a two phase process.  Before a location is parsed,
1415all references to selectors, @i{eg} @code{$@{path@}}, are expanded.  The
1416location is then parsed, selections are evaluated and option assignments
1417recorded.  If there were no selections or they all succeeded the
1418location is used and the values of the following options are expanded in
1419the order given: @var{sublink}, @var{rfs}, @var{fs}, @var{opts},
1420@var{remopts}, @var{mount} and @var{unmount}.
1421
1422Note that expansion of option values is done after @dfn{all} assignments
1423have been completed and not in a purely left to right order as is done
1424by the shell.  This generally has the desired effect but care must be
1425taken if one of the options references another, in which case the
1426ordering can become significant.
1427
1428There are two special cases concerning variable expansion:
1429
1430@enumerate
1431@item
1432before a map is consulted, any selectors in the name received
1433from the kernel are expanded.  For example, if the request from the
1434kernel was for `@t{$@{arch@}}@t{.bin}' and the machine architecture
1435was @samp{vax}, the value given to @code{$@{key@}} would be
1436@samp{vax.bin}.@refill
1437
1438@item
1439the value of @code{$@{rhost@}} is expanded and normalized before the
1440other options are expanded.  The normalization process strips any local
1441sub-domain components.  For example, if @code{$@{domain@}} was
1442@samp{Berkeley.EDU} and @code{$@{rhost@}} was initially
1443@samp{snow.Berkeley.EDU}, after the normalization it would simply be
1444@samp{snow}.  Hostname normalization is currently done in a
1445@emph{case-dependent} manner.@refill
1446@end enumerate
1447
1448@c======================================================================
1449@node Selectors, Map Options, Variable Expansion, Location Format
1450@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
1451@subsection Selectors
1452@cindex Selectors
1453
1454Selectors are used to control the use of a location.  It is possible to
1455share a mount map between many machines in such a way that filesystem
1456location, architecture and operating system differences are hidden from
1457the users.  A selector of the form @samp{arch==sun3;os==sunos4} would only
1458apply on Sun-3s running SunOS 4.x.
1459
1460Selectors can be negated by using @samp{!=} instead of @samp{==}.  For
1461example to select a location on all non-Vax machines the selector
1462@samp{arch!=vax} would be used.
1463
1464Selectors are evaluated left to right.  If a selector fails then that
1465location is ignored.  Thus the selectors form a conjunction and the
1466locations form a disjunction.  If all the locations are ignored or
1467otherwise fail then @i{Amd} uses the @dfn{error} filesystem
1468(@pxref{Error Filesystem}).  This is equivalent to having a location
1469@samp{type:=error} at the end of each mount-map entry.@refill
1470
1471The default value of many of the selectors listed here can be overridden
1472by an @i{Amd} command line switch or in an @i{Amd} configuration file.
1473@xref{Amd Configuration File}.
1474
1475These are the selectors currently implemented.
1476
1477@menu
1478* arch Selector Variable::
1479* autodir Selector Variable::
1480* byte Selector Variable::
1481* cluster Selector Variable::
1482* domain Selector Variable::
1483* host Selector Variable::
1484* hostd Selector Variable::
1485* karch Selector Variable::
1486* os Selector Variable::
1487* osver Selector Variable::
1488
1489* key Selector Variable::
1490* map Selector Variable::
1491* netnumber Selector Variable::
1492* network Selector Variable::
1493* path Selector Variable::
1494* wire Selector Variable::
1495
1496* exists Selector Function::
1497* false Selector Function::
1498* netgrp Selector Function::
1499* in_network Selector Function::
1500* true Selector Function::
1501@end menu
1502
1503@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
1504@node arch Selector Variable, autodir Selector Variable, Selectors, Selectors
1505@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
1506@subsubsection arch Selector Variable
1507@cindex arch Selector Variable
1508@cindex arch, mount selector
1509@cindex Mount selector; arch
1510@cindex Selector; arch
1511
1512The machine architecture which was automatically determined at compile
1513time.  The architecture type can be displayed by running the command
1514@samp{amd -v}.  @xref{Supported Platforms}.@refill
1515
1516@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
1517@node autodir Selector Variable, byte Selector Variable, arch Selector Variable, Selectors
1518@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
1519@subsubsection autodir Selector Variable
1520@cindex autodir Selector Variable
1521@cindex autodir, mount selector
1522@cindex Mount selector; autodir
1523@cindex Selector; autodir
1524
1525The default directory under which to mount filesystems.  This may be
1526changed by the @code{-a} command line option.  @xref{fs Option}.
1527
1528@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
1529@node byte Selector Variable, cluster Selector Variable, autodir Selector Variable, Selectors
1530@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
1531@subsubsection byte Selector Variable
1532@cindex byte Selector Variable
1533@cindex byte, mount selector
1534@cindex Mount selector; byte
1535@cindex Selector; byte
1536
1537The machine's byte ordering.  This is either @samp{little}, indicating
1538little-endian, or @samp{big}, indicating big-endian.  One possible use
1539is to share @samp{rwho} databases (@pxref{rwho servers}).  Another is to
1540share ndbm databases, however this use can be considered a courageous
1541juggling act.
1542
1543@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
1544@node cluster Selector Variable, domain Selector Variable, byte Selector Variable, Selectors
1545@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
1546@subsubsection cluster Selector Variable
1547@cindex cluster Selector Variable
1548@cindex cluster, mount selector
1549@cindex Mount selector; cluster
1550@cindex Selector; cluster
1551
1552This is provided as a hook for the name of the local cluster.  This can
1553be used to decide which servers to use for copies of replicated
1554filesystems.  @code{$@{cluster@}} defaults to the value of
1555@code{$@{domain@}} unless a different value is set with the @code{-C}
1556command line option.
1557
1558@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
1559@node domain Selector Variable, host Selector Variable, cluster Selector Variable, Selectors
1560@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
1561@subsubsection domain Selector Variable
1562@cindex domain Selector Variable
1563@cindex domain, mount selector
1564@cindex Mount selector; domain
1565@cindex Selector; domain
1566
1567The local domain name as specified by the @code{-d} command line option.
1568@xref{host Selector Variable}.
1569
1570@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
1571@node host Selector Variable, hostd Selector Variable, domain Selector Variable, Selectors
1572@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
1573@subsubsection host Selector Variable
1574@cindex host Selector Variable
1575@cindex host, mount selector
1576@cindex Mount selector; host
1577@cindex Selector; host
1578
1579The local hostname as determined by @b{gethostname}(2).  If no domain
1580name was specified on the command line and the hostname contains a
1581period @samp{.} then the string before the period is used as the host
1582name, and the string after the period is assigned to @code{$@{domain@}}.
1583For example, if the hostname is @samp{styx.doc.ic.ac.uk} then
1584@code{host} would be @samp{styx} and @code{domain} would be
1585@samp{doc.ic.ac.uk}.  @code{hostd} would be
1586@samp{styx.doc.ic.ac.uk}.@refill
1587
1588@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
1589@node hostd Selector Variable, karch Selector Variable, host Selector Variable, Selectors
1590@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
1591@subsubsection hostd Selector Variable
1592@cindex hostd Selector Variable
1593@cindex hostd, mount selector
1594@cindex Mount selector; hostd
1595@cindex Selector; hostd
1596
1597This resolves to the @code{$@{host@}} and @code{$@{domain@}}
1598concatenated with a @samp{.} inserted between them if required.  If
1599@code{$@{domain@}} is an empty string then @code{$@{host@}} and
1600@code{$@{hostd@}} will be identical.
1601
1602@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
1603@node karch Selector Variable, os Selector Variable, hostd Selector Variable, Selectors
1604@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
1605@subsubsection karch Selector Variable
1606@cindex karch Selector Variable
1607@cindex karch, mount selector
1608@cindex Mount selector; karch
1609@cindex Selector; karch
1610
1611This is provided as a hook for the kernel architecture.  This is used on
1612SunOS 4 and SunOS 5, for example, to distinguish between different
1613@samp{/usr/kvm} volumes.  @code{$@{karch@}} defaults to the ``machine''
1614value gotten from @b{uname}(2).  If the @b{uname}(2) system call is not
1615available, the value of @code{$@{karch@}} defaults to that of
1616@code{$@{arch@}}.  Finally, a different value can be set with the @code{-k}
1617command line option.
1618
1619@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
1620@node os Selector Variable, osver Selector Variable, karch Selector Variable, Selectors
1621@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
1622@subsubsection os Selector Variable
1623@cindex os Selector Variable
1624@cindex os, mount selector
1625@cindex Mount selector; os
1626@cindex Selector; os
1627
1628The operating system.  Like the machine architecture, this is
1629automatically determined at compile time.  The operating system name can
1630be displayed by running the command @samp{amd -v}.  @xref{Supported
1631Platforms}.@refill
1632
1633@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
1634@node osver Selector Variable, key Selector Variable, os Selector Variable, Selectors
1635@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
1636@subsubsection osver Selector Variable
1637@cindex osver Selector Variable
1638@cindex osver, mount selector
1639@cindex Mount selector; osver
1640@cindex Selector; osver
1641
1642The operating system version.  Like the machine architecture, this is
1643automatically determined at compile time.  The operating system name can
1644be displayed by running the command @samp{amd -v}.  @xref{Supported
1645Platforms}.@refill
1646
1647@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
1648@ifhtml
1649<HR>
1650@end ifhtml
1651@sp 3
1652The following selectors are also provided.  Unlike the other selectors,
1653they vary for each lookup.  Note that when the name from the kernel is
1654expanded prior to a map lookup, these selectors are all defined as empty
1655strings.
1656
1657@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
1658@node key Selector Variable, map Selector Variable, osver Selector Variable, Selectors
1659@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
1660@subsubsection key Selector Variable
1661@cindex key Selector Variable
1662@cindex key, mount selector
1663@cindex Mount selector; key
1664@cindex Selector; key
1665
1666The name being resolved.  For example, if @file{/home} is an automount
1667point, then accessing @file{/home/foo} would set @code{$@{key@}} to the
1668string @samp{foo}.  The key is prefixed by the @var{pref} option set in
1669the parent mount point.  The default prefix is an empty string.  If the
1670prefix was @file{blah/} then @code{$@{key@}} would be set to
1671@file{blah/foo}.@refill
1672
1673@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
1674@node map Selector Variable, netnumber Selector Variable, key Selector Variable, Selectors
1675@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
1676@subsubsection map Selector Variable
1677@cindex map Selector Variable
1678@cindex map, mount selector
1679@cindex Mount selector; map
1680@cindex Selector; map
1681
1682The name of the mount map being used.
1683
1684@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
1685@node netnumber Selector Variable, network Selector Variable, map Selector Variable, Selectors
1686@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
1687@subsubsection netnumber Selector Variable
1688@cindex netnumber Selector Variable
1689@cindex netnumber, mount selector
1690@cindex Mount selector; netnumber
1691@cindex Selector; netnumber
1692
1693This selector is identical to the @samp{in_network} selector function,
1694see @ref{in_network Selector Function}.  It will match either the name
1695or number of @i{any} network interface on which this host is connected
1696to.  The names and numbers of all attached interfaces are available from
1697the output of @samp{amd -v}.
1698
1699@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
1700@node network Selector Variable, path Selector Variable, netnumber Selector Variable, Selectors
1701@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
1702@subsubsection network Selector Variable
1703@cindex network Selector Variable
1704@cindex network, mount selector
1705@cindex Mount selector; network
1706@cindex Selector; network
1707
1708This selector is identical to the @samp{in_network} selector function,
1709see @ref{in_network Selector Function}.  It will match either the name
1710or number of @i{any} network interface on which this host is connected
1711to.  The names and numbers of all attached interfaces are available from
1712the output of @samp{amd -v}.
1713
1714@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
1715@node path Selector Variable, wire Selector Variable, network Selector Variable, Selectors
1716@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
1717@subsubsection path Selector Variable
1718@cindex path Selector Variable
1719@cindex path, mount selector
1720@cindex Mount selector; path
1721@cindex Selector; path
1722
1723The full pathname of the name being resolved.  For example
1724@file{/home/foo} in the example above.
1725
1726@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
1727@node wire Selector Variable, exists Selector Function, path Selector Variable, Selectors
1728@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
1729@subsubsection wire Selector Variable
1730@cindex wire Selector Variable
1731@cindex wire, mount selector
1732@cindex Mount selector; wire
1733@cindex Selector; wire
1734
1735This selector is identical to the @samp{in_network} selector function,
1736see @ref{in_network Selector Function}.  It will match either the name
1737or number of @i{any} network interface on which this host is connected
1738to.  The names and numbers of all attached interfaces are available from
1739the output of @samp{amd -v}.
1740
1741@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
1742@ifhtml
1743<HR>
1744@end ifhtml
1745@sp 2
1746The following boolean functions are selectors which take an argument
1747@i{ARG}.  They return a value of true or false, and thus do not need to
1748be compared with a value.  Each of these may be negated by prepending
1749@samp{!} to their name.
1750
1751@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
1752@node exists Selector Function, false Selector Function, wire Selector Variable, Selectors
1753@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
1754@subsubsection exists Selector Function
1755@cindex exists Selector Function
1756@cindex exists, boolean mount selector
1757@cindex !exists, boolean mount selector
1758@cindex Mount selector; exists
1759@cindex Selector; exists
1760
1761If the file listed by @i{ARG} exists (via @b{lstat}(2)), this function
1762evaluates to true.  Otherwise it evaluates to false.
1763
1764@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
1765@node false Selector Function, netgrp Selector Function, exists Selector Function, Selectors
1766@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
1767@subsubsection false Selector Function
1768@cindex false Selector Function
1769@cindex false, boolean mount selector
1770@cindex !false, boolean mount selector
1771@cindex Mount selector; false
1772@cindex Selector; false
1773
1774Always evaluates to false.  @i{ARG} is ignored.
1775
1776@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
1777@node netgrp Selector Function, in_network Selector Function, false Selector Function, Selectors
1778@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
1779@subsubsection netgrp Selector Function
1780@cindex netgrp Selector Function
1781@cindex netgrp, boolean mount selector
1782@cindex !netgrp, boolean mount selector
1783@cindex Mount selector; netgrp
1784@cindex Selector; netgrp
1785
1786If the current host as determined by the value of @code{$@{host@}} is a
1787member of the netgroup @i{ARG}, this selector evaluates to true.
1788Otherwise it evaluates to false.
1789
1790For example, suppose you have a netgroup @samp{ppp-hosts}, and for
1791reasons of performance, these have a local @file{/home} partition, while
1792all other clients on the faster network can access a shared home
1793directory.  A common map to use for both might look like the following:
1794
1795@example
1796home/*  netgrp(ppp-hosts);type:=link;fs:=/local/$@{key@} \
1797        !netgrp(ppp-hosts);type:=nfs;rhost=serv1;rfs:=/remote/$@{key@}
1798@end example
1799
1800@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
1801@node in_network Selector Function, true Selector Function, netgrp Selector Function, Selectors
1802@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
1803@subsubsection in_network Selector Function
1804@cindex in_network Selector Function
1805@cindex in_network, boolean mount selector
1806@cindex !in_network, boolean mount selector
1807@cindex Mount selector; in_network
1808@cindex Selector; in_network
1809
1810If the current host has any network interface that is locally attached
1811to the network specified in @i{ARG} (either via name or number), this
1812selector evaluates to true.  Otherwise it evaluates to false.
1813
1814For example, suppose you have two servers that have an exportable
1815@file{/opt} that smaller clients can NFS mount.  The two servers are
1816say, @samp{serv1} on network @samp{foo-net.site.com} and @samp{serv2} on
1817network @samp{123.4.5.0}.  You can write a map to be used by all clients
1818that will attempt to mount the closest one as follows:
1819
1820@example
1821opt in_network(foo-net.site.com);rhost:=serv1;rfs:=/opt \
1822    in_network(123.4.5.0);rhost:=serv2;rfs:=/opt \
1823    rhost:=fallback-server
1824@end example
1825
1826@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
1827@node true Selector Function, , in_network Selector Function, Selectors
1828@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
1829@subsubsection true Selector Function
1830@cindex true Selector Function
1831@cindex true, boolean mount selector
1832@cindex !true, boolean mount selector
1833@cindex Mount selector; true
1834@cindex Selector; true
1835
1836Always evaluates to true.  @i{ARG} is ignored.
1837
1838@c ================================================================
1839@node Map Options,  , Selectors, Location Format
1840@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
1841@subsection Map Options
1842@cindex Map options
1843@cindex Setting map options
1844
1845Options are parsed concurrently with selectors.  The difference is that
1846when an option is seen the string following the @samp{:=} is
1847recorded for later use.  As a minimum the @var{type} option must be
1848specified.  Each filesystem type has other options which must also be
1849specified.  @xref{Filesystem Types}, for details on the filesystem
1850specific options.@refill
1851
1852Superfluous option specifications are ignored and are not reported
1853as errors.
1854
1855The following options apply to more than one filesystem type.
1856
1857@menu
1858* addopts Option::
1859* delay Option::
1860* fs Option::
1861* opts Option::
1862* remopts Option::
1863* sublink Option::
1864* type Option::
1865@end menu
1866
1867@node addopts Option, delay Option, Map Options, Map Options
1868@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
1869@subsubsection addopts Option
1870@cindex Setting additional options on a mount location
1871@cindex Overriding or adding options to a mount
1872@cindex addopts, mount option
1873@cindex Mount option; addopts
1874
1875This option adds additional options to default options normally
1876specified in the @samp{/defaults} entry or the defaults of the key entry
1877being processed (@xref{opts Option}).  Normally when you specify
1878@samp{opts} in both the @samp{/defaults} and the map entry, the latter
1879overrides the former completely.  But with @samp{addopts} it will
1880append the options and override any conflicting ones.
1881
1882Options which start with @samp{no} will override those with the same
1883name that do not start with @samp{no} and vice verse.  Special handling
1884is given to inverted options such as @samp{soft} and @samp{hard},
1885@samp{bg} and @samp{fg}, @samp{ro} and @samp{rw}, etc.
1886
1887For example, if the default options specified were
1888@example
1889opts:=rw,nosuid,intr,rsize=1024,wsize=1024,quota,posix
1890@end example
1891
1892and the ones specified in a map entry were
1893
1894@example
1895addopts:=grpid,suid,ro,rsize=2048,quota,nointr
1896@end example
1897
1898then the actual options used would be
1899
1900@example
1901wsize=1024,posix,grpid,suid,ro,rsize=2048,quota,nointr
1902@end example
1903
1904@node delay Option, fs Option, addopts Option, Map Options
1905@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
1906@subsubsection delay Option
1907@cindex Setting a delay on a mount location
1908@cindex Delaying mounts from specific locations
1909@cindex Primary server
1910@cindex Secondary server
1911@cindex delay, mount option
1912@cindex Mount option; delay
1913
1914The delay, in seconds, before an attempt will be made to mount from the
1915current location.  Auxiliary data, such as network address, file handles
1916and so on are computed regardless of this value.
1917
1918A delay can be used to implement the notion of primary and secondary
1919file servers.  The secondary servers would have a delay of a few
1920seconds, thus giving the primary servers a chance to respond first.
1921
1922@node fs Option, opts Option, delay Option, Map Options
1923@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
1924@subsubsection fs Option
1925@cindex Setting the local mount point
1926@cindex Overriding the default mount point
1927@cindex fs, mount option
1928@cindex Mount option; fs
1929
1930The local mount point.  The semantics of this option vary between
1931filesystems.
1932
1933For NFS and UFS filesystems the value of @code{$@{fs@}} is used as the
1934local mount point.  For other filesystem types it has other meanings
1935which are described in the section describing the respective filesystem
1936type.  It is important that this string uniquely identifies the
1937filesystem being mounted.  To satisfy this requirement, it should
1938contain the name of the host on which the filesystem is resident and the
1939pathname of the filesystem on the local or remote host.
1940
1941The reason for requiring the hostname is clear if replicated filesystems
1942are considered.  If a fileserver goes down and a replacement filesystem
1943is mounted then the @dfn{local} mount point @dfn{must} be different from
1944that of the filesystem which is hung.  Some encoding of the filesystem
1945name is required if more than one filesystem is to be mounted from any
1946given host.
1947
1948If the hostname is first in the path then all mounts from a particular
1949host will be gathered below a single directory.  If that server goes
1950down then the hung mount points are less likely to be accidentally
1951referenced, for example when @b{getcwd}(3) traverses the namespace to
1952find the pathname of the current directory.
1953
1954The @samp{fs} option defaults to
1955@code{$@{autodir@}/$@{rhost@}$@{rfs@}}.  In addition,
1956@samp{rhost} defaults to the local host name (@code{$@{host@}}) and
1957@samp{rfs} defaults to the value of @code{$@{path@}}, which is the full
1958path of the requested file; @samp{/home/foo} in the example above
1959(@pxref{Selectors}).  @code{$@{autodir@}} defaults to @samp{/a} but may
1960be changed with the @code{-a} command line option.  Sun's automounter
1961defaults to @samp{/tmp_mnt}.  Note that there is no @samp{/} between
1962the @code{$@{rhost@}} and @code{$@{rfs@}} since @code{$@{rfs@}} begins
1963with a @samp{/}.@refill
1964
1965@node opts Option, remopts Option, fs Option, Map Options
1966@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
1967@subsubsection opts Option
1968@cindex Setting system mount options
1969@cindex Passing parameters to the mount system call
1970@cindex mount system call
1971@cindex mount system call flags
1972@cindex The mount system call
1973@cindex opts, mount option
1974@cindex Mount option; opts
1975
1976The options to pass to the mount system call.  A leading @samp{-} is
1977silently ignored.  The mount options supported generally correspond to
1978those used by @b{mount}(8) and are listed below.  Some additional
1979pseudo-options are interpreted by @i{Amd} and are also listed.
1980
1981Unless specifically overridden, each of the system default mount options
1982applies.  Any options not recognized are ignored.  If no options list is
1983supplied the string @samp{rw,defaults} is used and all the system
1984default mount options apply.  Options which are not applicable for a
1985particular operating system are silently ignored.  For example, only 4.4BSD
1986is known to implement the @code{compress} and @code{spongy} options.
1987
1988@table @code
1989
1990@item acdirmax=@var{n}
1991@cindex Mount flags; acdirmax
1992Set the maximum directory attribute cache timeout to @var{n}.
1993
1994@item acdirmin=@var{n}
1995@cindex Mount flags; acdirmin
1996Set the minimum directory attribute cache timeout to @var{n}.
1997
1998@item acregmax=@var{n}
1999@cindex Mount flags; acregmax
2000Set the maximum file attribute cache timeout to @var{n}.
2001
2002@item acregmin=@var{n}
2003@cindex Mount flags; acregmin
2004Set the minimum file attribute cache timeout to @var{n}.
2005
2006@item actimeo=@var{n}
2007@cindex Mount flags; actimeo
2008Set the overall attribute cache timeout to @var{n}.
2009
2010@item auto
2011@cindex Mount flags; auto
2012@itemx ignore
2013@cindex Mount flags; ignore
2014Ignore this mount by @b{df}(1).
2015
2016@item cache
2017@cindex Mount flags; cache
2018Allow data to be cached from a remote server for this mount.
2019
2020@item compress
2021@cindex Mount flags; compress
2022Use NFS compression protocol.
2023
2024@item defperm
2025@cindex Mount flags; defperm
2026Ignore the permission mode bits, and default file permissions to 0555,
2027UID 0, and GID 0.  Useful for CD-ROMs formatted as ISO-9660.
2028
2029@item dev
2030@cindex Mount flags; dev
2031Allow local special devices on this filesystem.
2032
2033@item dumbtimr
2034@cindex Mount flags; dumbtimr
2035(XXX: a dumb timer?)
2036
2037@item fsid
2038@cindex Mount flags; fsid
2039Set ID of filesystem.
2040
2041@item grpid
2042@cindex Mount flags; grpid
2043Use BSD directory group-id semantics.
2044
2045@item int
2046@cindex Mount flags; int
2047@itemx intr
2048@cindex Mount flags; intr
2049Allow keyboard interrupts on hard mounts.
2050
2051@item multi
2052@cindex Mount flags; multi
2053Perform multi-component lookup on files.
2054
2055@item maxgroups
2056@cindex Mount flags; maxgroups
2057Set the maximum number of groups to allow for this mount.
2058
2059@item nfsv3
2060@cindex Mount flags; nfsv3
2061Use NFS Version 3 for this mount.
2062
2063@item noac
2064@cindex Mount flags; noac
2065Turn off the attribute cache.
2066
2067@item noauto
2068@cindex Mount flags; noauto
2069(XXX: No automatic what?)
2070
2071@item nocache
2072@cindex Mount flags; nocache
2073Do not allow data to be cached from a remote server for this
2074mount.
2075
2076@item noconn
2077@cindex Mount flags; noconn
2078Don't make a connection on datagram transports.
2079
2080@item nocto
2081@cindex Mount flags; nocto
2082No close-to-open consistency.
2083
2084@item nodefperm
2085@cindex Mount flags; nodefperm
2086Do not ignore the permission mode bits.  Useful for CD-ROMS formatted as
2087ISO-9660.
2088
2089@item nodev
2090@cindex Mount flags; nodev
2091@itemx nodevs
2092@cindex Mount flags; nodevs
2093Don't allow local special devices on this filesystem.
2094
2095@item noint
2096@cindex Mount flags; noint
2097Do not allow keyboard interrupts for this mount
2098
2099@item nosub
2100@cindex Mount flags; nosub
2101Disallow mounts beneath this mount.
2102
2103@item nosuid
2104@cindex Mount flags; nosuid
2105Don't allow set-uid or set-gid executables on this filesystem.
2106
2107@item noversion
2108@cindex Mount flags; noversion
2109Strip the extension @samp{;#} from the version string of files recorded
2110on an ISO-9660 CD-ROM.
2111
2112@item overlay
2113@cindex Mount flags; overlay
2114Overlay this mount on top of an existing mount, if any.
2115
2116@item pgthresh=@var{n}
2117@cindex Mount flags; pgthresh
2118Set the paging threshold to @var{n} kilobytes.
2119
2120@item port=@var{n}
2121@cindex Mount flags; port
2122Set the NFS port to @var{n}.
2123
2124@item posix
2125@cindex Mount flags; posix
2126Turn on POSIX static pathconf for mounts.
2127
2128@item proto=@var{s}
2129@cindex Mount flags; proto
2130Use transport protocol @var{s} for NFS (can be @code{"tcp"} or @code{"udp"}).
2131
2132@item quota
2133@cindex Mount flags; quota
2134Enable quota checking on this mount.
2135
2136@item rdonly
2137@cindex Mount flags; rdonly
2138@itemx ro
2139@cindex Mount flags; ro
2140Mount this filesystem readonly.
2141
2142@item resvport
2143@cindex Mount flags; resvport
2144Use a reserved port (smaller than 1024) for remote NFS mounts.  Most
2145systems assume that, but some allow for mounts to occur on non-reserved
2146ports.   This causes problems when such a system tries to NFS mount one
2147that requires reserved ports.  It is recommended that this option always
2148be on.
2149
2150@item retrans=@i{n}
2151@cindex Mount flags; retrans
2152The number of NFS retransmits made before a user error is generated by a
2153@samp{soft} mounted filesystem, and before a @samp{hard} mounted
2154filesystem reports @samp{NFS server @dfn{yoyo} not responding still
2155trying}.
2156
2157@item retry
2158@cindex Mount flags; retry
2159Set the NFS retry counter.
2160
2161@item rrip
2162@cindex Mount flags; rrip
2163Uses the Rock Ridge Interchange Protocol (RRIP) extensions to ISO-9660.
2164
2165@item rsize=@var{n}
2166@cindex Mount flags; rsize
2167The NFS read packet size.  You may need to set this if you are using
2168NFS/UDP through a gateway or a slow link.
2169
2170@item rw
2171@cindex Mount flags; rw
2172Allow reads and writes on this filesystem.
2173
2174@item soft
2175@cindex Mount flags; soft
2176Give up after @dfn{retrans} retransmissions.
2177
2178@item spongy
2179@cindex Mount flags; spongy
2180Like @samp{soft} for status requests, and @samp{hard} for data transfers.
2181
2182@item suid
2183@cindex Mount flags; suid
2184Allow set-uid programs on this mount.
2185
2186@item symttl
2187@cindex Mount flags; symttl
2188Turn of the symbolic link cache time-to-live.
2189
2190@item sync
2191@cindex Mount flags; sync
2192Perform synchronous filesystem operations on this mount.
2193
2194@item tcp
2195@cindex Mount flags; tcp
2196Use TCP/IP instead of UDP/IP, ignored if the NFS implementation does not
2197support TCP/IP mounts.
2198
2199@item timeo=@var{n}
2200@cindex Mount flags; timeo
2201The NFS timeout, in tenth-seconds, before a request is retransmitted.
2202
2203@item vers=@var{n}
2204@cindex Mount flags; vers
2205 Use NFS protocol version number @var{n} (can be 2 or 3).
2206
2207@item wsize=@var{n}
2208@cindex Mount flags; wsize
2209The NFS write packet size.  You may need to set this if you are using
2210NFS/UDP through a gateway or a slow link.
2211
2212@end table
2213
2214The following options are implemented by @i{Amd}, rather than being
2215passed to the kernel.
2216
2217@table @code
2218
2219@item nounmount
2220@cindex Mount flags; nounmount
2221Configures the mount so that its time-to-live will
2222never expire.  This is also the default for some filesystem types.
2223@c
2224@c Implementation broken:
2225
2226@item ping=@var{n}
2227@cindex Mount flags; ping
2228The interval, in seconds, between keep-alive pings.  When four
2229consecutive pings have failed the mount point is marked as hung.  This
2230interval defaults to 30 seconds.  If the ping interval is less than zero,
2231no pings are sent and the host is assumed to be always
2232up.  By default, pings are not sent for an NFS/TCP mount.
2233
2234@item retry=@var{n}
2235@cindex Mount flags; retry=@var{n}
2236The number of times to retry the mount system call.
2237
2238@item utimeout=@var{n}
2239@cindex Mount flags; utimeout=@var{n}
2240The interval, in seconds, by which the mount's
2241time-to-live is extended after an unmount attempt
2242has failed.  In fact the interval is extended before the unmount is
2243attempted to avoid thrashing.  The default value is 120 seconds (two
2244minutes) or as set by the @code{-w} command line option.
2245
2246@end table
2247
2248@node remopts Option, sublink Option, opts Option, Map Options
2249@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
2250@subsubsection remopts Option
2251@cindex Setting system mount options for non-local networks
2252@cindex remopts, mount option
2253@cindex Mount option; remopts
2254
2255This option has the same use as @code{$@{opts@}} but applies only when
2256the remote host is on a non-local network.  For example, when using NFS
2257across a gateway it is often necessary to use smaller values for the
2258data read and write sizes.  This can simply be done by specifying the
2259small values in @var{remopts}.  When a non-local host is accessed, the
2260smaller sizes will automatically be used.
2261
2262@i{Amd} determines whether a host is local by examining the network
2263interface configuration at startup.  Any interface changes made after
2264@i{Amd} has been started will not be noticed.  The likely effect will
2265be that a host may incorrectly be declared non-local.
2266
2267Unless otherwise set, the value of @code{$@{remopts@}} is the same as
2268the value of @code{$@{opts@}}.
2269
2270@node sublink Option, type Option, remopts Option, Map Options
2271@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
2272@subsubsection sublink Option
2273@cindex Setting the sublink option
2274@cindex sublink, mount option
2275@cindex Mount option; sublink
2276
2277The subdirectory within the mounted filesystem to which the reference
2278should point.  This can be used to prevent duplicate mounts in cases
2279where multiple directories in the same mounted filesystem are used.
2280
2281@node type Option, , sublink Option, Map Options
2282@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
2283@subsubsection type Option
2284@cindex Setting the filesystem type option
2285@cindex type, mount option
2286@cindex Mount option; type
2287
2288The filesystem type to be used.  @xref{Filesystem Types}, for a full
2289description of each type.@refill
2290
2291@c ################################################################
2292@node Amd Command Line Options, Filesystem Types, Mount Maps, Top
2293@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
2294@chapter @i{Amd} Command Line Options
2295@cindex Command line options, Amd
2296@cindex Amd command line options
2297@cindex Overriding defaults on the command line
2298
2299Many of @i{Amd}'s parameters can be set from the command line.  The
2300command line is also used to specify automount points and maps.
2301
2302The general format of a command line is
2303
2304@example
2305amd [@i{options}] [@{ @i{directory} @i{map-name} [-@i{map-options}] @} ...]
2306@end example
2307
2308For each directory and map-name given or specified in the
2309@file{amd.conf} file, @i{Amd} establishes an automount point.  The
2310@dfn{map-options} may be any sequence of options or
2311selectors---@pxref{Location Format}.  The @dfn{map-options} apply only
2312to @i{Amd}'s mount point.
2313
2314@samp{type:=toplvl;cache:=mapdefault;fs:=$@{map@}} is the default value for the
2315map options.  Default options for a map are read from a special entry in
2316the map whose key is the string @samp{/defaults}.  When default options
2317are given they are prepended to any options specified in the mount-map
2318locations as explained in @ref{Map Defaults}.
2319
2320The @dfn{options} are any combination of those listed below.
2321
2322Once the command line has been parsed, the automount points are mounted.
2323The mount points are created if they do not already exist, in which case they
2324will be removed when @i{Amd} exits.
2325Finally, @i{Amd} disassociates itself from its controlling terminal and
2326forks into the background.
2327
2328Note: Even if @i{Amd} has been built with @samp{-DDEBUG} (via
2329@code{configure --enable-debug}), it will still background itself and
2330disassociate itself from the controlling terminal.  To use a debugger it
2331is necessary to specify @samp{-D nodaemon} on the command line.
2332However, even with all of this, mounts and unmounts are performed in the
2333background, and @i{Amd} will always fork before doing them.  Therefore,
2334debugging what happens closely during un/mounts is more challenging.
2335
2336@emph{All} of @i{Amd}'s command options (save @code{-F} and @code{-T})
2337can be specified in the @file{amd.conf} file. @xref{Amd Configuration
2338File}.  If @i{Amd} is invoked without any command line options, it will
2339default to using the configuration file @file{/etc/amd.conf}, if one
2340exists.
2341
2342@menu
2343* -a Option::   Automount directory.
2344* -c Option::   Cache timeout interval.
2345* -d Option::   Domain name.
2346* -k Option::   Kernel architecture.
2347* -l Option::   Log file.
2348* -n Option::   Hostname normalization.
2349* -o Option::   Operating system version.
2350* -p Option::   Output process id.
2351* -r Option::   Restart existing mounts.
2352* -t Option::   Kernel RPC timeout.
2353* -v Option::   Version information.
2354* -w Option::   Wait interval after failed unmount.
2355* -x Option::   Log options.
2356* -y Option::   NIS domain.
2357* -C-Option::   Cluster name.
2358* -D-Option::   Debug flags.
2359* -F Option::   Amd configuration file.
2360* -H Option::   Show brief help.
2361* -O-Option::   Operating system name.
2362* -S Option::   Lock executable pages in memory.
2363* -T-Option::   Set tag for configuration file.
2364@end menu
2365
2366@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
2367@node -a Option, -c Option, Amd Command Line Options, Amd Command Line Options
2368@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
2369@section @code{-a} @var{directory}
2370@cindex Automount directory
2371@cindex Setting the default mount directory
2372
2373Specifies the default mount directory.  This option changes the variable
2374@code{$@{autodir@}} which otherwise defaults to @file{/a}.  For example,
2375some sites prefer @file{/amd} or @file{/n}.
2376
2377@example
2378amd -a /amd ...
2379@end example
2380
2381@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
2382@node -c Option, -d Option, -a Option, Amd Command Line Options
2383@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
2384@section @code{-c} @var{cache-interval}
2385@cindex Cache interval
2386@cindex Interval before a filesystem times out
2387@cindex Setting the interval before a filesystem times out
2388@cindex Changing the interval before a filesystem times out
2389
2390Selects the period, in seconds, for which a name is cached by @i{Amd}.
2391If no reference is made to the volume in this period, @i{Amd} discards
2392the volume name to filesystem mapping.
2393
2394Once the last reference to a filesystem has been removed, @i{Amd}
2395attempts to unmount the filesystem.  If the unmount fails the interval
2396is extended by a further period as specified by the @samp{-w} command
2397line option or by the @samp{utimeout} mount option.
2398
2399The default @dfn{cache-interval} is 300 seconds (five minutes).
2400
2401@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
2402@node -d Option, -k Option, -c Option, Amd Command Line Options
2403@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
2404@section @code{-d} @var{domain}
2405@cindex Domain name
2406@cindex Setting the local domain name
2407@cindex Overriding the local domain name
2408
2409Specifies the host's domain.  This sets the internal variable
2410@code{$@{domain@}} and affects the @code{$@{hostd@}} variable.
2411
2412If this option is not specified and the hostname already contains the
2413local domain then that is used, otherwise the default value of
2414@code{$@{domain@}} is @samp{unknown.domain}.
2415
2416For example, if the local domain was @samp{doc.ic.ac.uk}, @i{Amd} could
2417be started as follows:
2418
2419@example
2420amd -d doc.ic.ac.uk ...
2421@end example
2422
2423@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
2424@node -k Option, -l Option, -d Option, Amd Command Line Options
2425@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
2426@section @code{-k} @var{kernel-architecture}
2427@cindex Setting the Kernel architecture
2428
2429Specifies the kernel architecture of the system.  This is usually the
2430output of @samp{uname -m} (the ``machine'' value gotten from
2431@b{uname}(2)).  If the @b{uname}(2) system call is not available, the
2432value of @code{$@{karch@}} defaults to that of @code{$@{arch@}}.
2433
2434The only effect of this option is to set the variable @code{$@{karch@}}.
2435
2436This option would be used as follows:
2437
2438@example
2439amd -k `arch -k` ...
2440@end example
2441
2442@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
2443@node -l Option, -n Option, -k Option, Amd Command Line Options
2444@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
2445@section @code{-l} @var{log-option}
2446@cindex Log filename
2447@cindex Setting the log file
2448@cindex Using syslog to log errors
2449@cindex syslog
2450
2451Selects the form of logging to be made.  Several special @dfn{log-options}
2452are recognized.
2453
2454@enumerate
2455@item
2456If @dfn{log-option} is the string @samp{syslog}, @i{Amd} will use the
2457@b{syslog}(3) mechanism.  If your system supports syslog facilities, then
2458the default facility used is @samp{LOG_DAEMON}.
2459
2460@item
2461@cindex syslog facility; specifying an alternate
2462When using syslog, if you wish to change the facility, append its name
2463to the log option name, delimited by a single colon.  For example, if
2464@dfn{log-options} is the string @samp{syslog:local7} then @b{Amd} will
2465log messages via @b{syslog}(3) using the @samp{LOG_LOCAL7} facility.  If
2466the facility name specified is not recognized, @i{Amd} will default to
2467@samp{LOG_DAEMON}.  Note: while you can use any syslog facility
2468available on your system, it is generally a bad idea to use those
2469reserved for other services such as @samp{kern}, @samp{lpr},
2470@samp{cron}, etc.
2471
2472@item
2473If @dfn{log-option} is the string @samp{/dev/stderr}, @i{Amd} will use
2474standard error, which is also the default target for log messages.  To
2475implement this, @i{Amd} simulates the effect of the @samp{/dev/fd}
2476driver.
2477@end enumerate
2478
2479Any other string is taken as a filename to use for logging.  Log
2480messages are appended to the file if it already exists, otherwise a new
2481file is created.  The file is opened once and then held open, rather
2482than being re-opened for each message.
2483
2484Normally, when long-running daemons hold an open file descriptor on a
2485log file, it is impossible to ``rotate'' the log file and compress older
2486logs on a daily basis.  The daemon needs to be told to discard (via
2487@b{close}(2)) its file handle, and re-open the log file.  This is done
2488using @code{amq -l} @i{log-option}. @xref{Amq -l option}.
2489
2490If the @samp{syslog} option is specified but the system does not support
2491syslog or if the named file cannot be opened or created, @i{Amd} will
2492use standard error.  Error messages generated before @i{Amd} has
2493finished parsing the command line are printed on standard error.
2494
2495Since @i{Amd} tends to generate a lot of logging information (especially
2496if debugging was turned on), and due to it being an important program
2497running on the system, it is usually best to log to a separate disk
2498file.  In that case @i{Amd} would be started as follows:
2499
2500@example
2501amd -l /var/log/amd ...
2502@end example
2503
2504@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
2505@node -n Option, -o Option, -l Option, Amd Command Line Options
2506@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
2507@section @code{-n}
2508@cindex Hostname normalization
2509@cindex Aliased hostnames
2510@cindex Resolving aliased hostnames
2511@cindex Normalizing hostnames
2512
2513Normalizes the remote hostname before using it.  Normalization is done
2514by replacing the value of @code{$@{rhost@}} with the (generally fully
2515qualified) primary name returned by a hostname lookup.
2516
2517This option should be used if several names are used to refer to a
2518single host in a mount map.
2519
2520@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
2521@node -o Option, -p Option, -n Option, Amd Command Line Options
2522@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
2523@section @code{-o} @var{op-sys-ver}
2524@cindex Operating System version
2525@cindex Setting the Operating System version
2526
2527Override the compiled-in version number of the operating system, with
2528@var{op-sys-ver}.  Useful when the built-in version is not desired for
2529backward compatibility reasons.  For example, if the built-in version is
2530@samp{2.5.1}, you can override it to @samp{5.5.1}, and use older maps
2531that were written with the latter in mind.
2532
2533@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
2534@node -p Option, -r Option, -o Option, Amd Command Line Options
2535@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
2536@section @code{-p}
2537@cindex Process id
2538@cindex Displaying the process id
2539@cindex process id of Amd daemon
2540@cindex pid file, creating with -p option
2541@cindex Creating a pid file
2542
2543Causes @i{Amd}'s process id to be printed on standard output.
2544This can be redirected to a suitable file for use with kill:
2545
2546@example
2547amd -p > /var/run/amd.pid ...
2548@end example
2549
2550This option only has an affect if @i{Amd} is running in daemon mode.
2551If @i{Amd} is started with the @code{-D nodaemon} debug flag, this
2552option is ignored.
2553
2554@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
2555@node -r Option, -t Option, -p Option, Amd Command Line Options
2556@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
2557@section @code{-r}
2558@cindex Restarting existing mounts
2559@cindex Picking up existing mounts
2560
2561Tells @i{Amd} to restart existing mounts (@pxref{Inheritance Filesystem}).
2562@c @dfn{This option will be made the default in the next release.}
2563
2564@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
2565@node -t Option, -v Option, -r Option, Amd Command Line Options
2566@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
2567@section @code{-t} @var{timeout.retransmit}
2568@cindex Setting Amd's RPC parameters
2569
2570Specifies the RPC @dfn{timeout} and @dfn{retransmit} intervals used by
2571the kernel to communicate to @i{Amd}.  These are used to set the
2572@samp{timeo} and @samp{retrans} mount options.
2573
2574@i{Amd} relies on the kernel RPC retransmit mechanism to trigger mount
2575retries.  The value of this parameter changes the retry interval.  Too
2576long an interval gives poor interactive response, too short an interval
2577causes excessive retries.
2578
2579@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
2580@node -v Option, -w Option, -t Option, Amd Command Line Options
2581@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
2582@section @code{-v}
2583@cindex Version information
2584@cindex Discovering version information
2585@cindex How to discover your version of Amd
2586
2587Print version information on standard error and then exit.  The output
2588is of the form:
2589
2590@example
2591Copyright (c) 1997-1998 Erez Zadok
2592Copyright (c) 1990 Jan-Simon Pendry
2593Copyright (c) 1990 Imperial College of Science, Technology & Medicine
2594Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
2595am-utils version 6.0a15 (build 61).
2596Built by ezk@@cs.columbia.edu on date Wed Oct 22 15:21:03 EDT 1997.
2597cpu=sparc (big-endian), arch=sun4, karch=sun4u.
2598full_os=solaris2.5.1, os=sos5, osver=5.5.1, vendor=sun.
2599Map support for: root, passwd, union, nisplus, nis, ndbm, file, error.
2600AMFS: nfs, link, nfsx, nfsl, host, linkx, program, union, inherit, 
2601      ufs, lofs, hsfs, pcfs, auto, direct, toplvl, error.
2602FS: autofs, cachefs, cdfs, lofs, nfs, nfs3, pcfs, tfs, tmpfs, ufs.
2603Network 1: wire="mcl-lab-net.cs.columbia.edu" (netnumber=128.59.13).
2604Network 2: wire="14-net.cs.columbia.edu" (netnumber=128.59.14).
2605Network 3: wire="old-net.cs.columbia.edu" (netnumber=128.59.16).
2606@end example
2607
2608The information includes the version number, number of times @i{Amd} was
2609compiled on the local system, release date and name of the release.
2610Following come the cpu type, byte ordering, and the architecture and
2611kernel architecture as @code{$@{arch@}} and @code{$@{karch@}},
2612respectively.  The next line lists the full name of the system, the
2613variables @code{$@{os@}} and @code{$@{osver@}}, and the vendor's
2614name. @xref{Supported Platforms}.
2615
2616Then come a list of map types supported, filesystems internally
2617supported by @i{Amd} (AMFS), and generic filesystems available (FS).
2618Finally all known networks (if any) of this host are listed by name
2619and number.  They are available via the variables
2620@code{$@{wire@}} or @code{$@{network@}}, and
2621@code{$@{netnumber@}} (@pxref{Selectors}) or the @samp{in_network}
2622selector function (@pxref{in_network Selector Function}).
2623
2624@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
2625@node -w Option, -x Option, -v Option, Amd Command Line Options
2626@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
2627@section @code{-w} @var{wait-timeout}
2628@cindex Setting the interval between unmount attempts
2629@cindex unmount attempt backoff interval
2630
2631Selects the interval in seconds between unmount attempts after the
2632initial time-to-live has expired.
2633
2634This defaults to 120 seconds (two minutes).
2635
2636@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
2637@node -x Option, -y Option, -w Option, Amd Command Line Options
2638@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
2639@section @code{-x} @var{opts}
2640@cindex Log message selection
2641@cindex Selecting specific log messages
2642@cindex How to select log messages
2643@cindex syslog priorities
2644
2645Specifies the type and verbosity of log messages.  @dfn{opts} is
2646a comma separated list selected from the following options:
2647
2648@table @code
2649@item fatal
2650Fatal errors
2651@item error
2652Non-fatal errors
2653@item user
2654Non-fatal user errors
2655@item warn
2656Recoverable errors
2657@item warning
2658Alias for @code{warn}
2659@item info
2660Information messages
2661@item map
2662Mount map usage
2663@item stats
2664Additional statistics
2665@item all
2666All of the above
2667@end table
2668
2669Initially a set of default logging flags is enabled.  This is as if
2670@samp{-x all,nomap,nostats} had been selected.  The command line is
2671parsed and logging is controlled by the @code{-x} option.  The very first
2672set of logging flags is saved and can not be subsequently disabled using
2673@i{Amq}.  This default set of options is useful for general production
2674use.@refill
2675
2676The @samp{info} messages include details of what is mounted and
2677unmounted and when filesystems have timed out.  If you want to have the
2678default set of messages without the @samp{info} messages then you simply
2679need @samp{-x noinfo}.  The messages given by @samp{user} relate to
2680errors in the mount maps, so these are useful when new maps are
2681installed.  The following table lists the syslog priorities used for each
2682of the message types.@refill
2683
2684@table @code
2685@item fatal
2686@samp{LOG_CRIT}
2687@item error
2688@samp{LOG_ERR}
2689@item user
2690@samp{LOG_WARNING}
2691@item warning
2692@samp{LOG_WARNING}
2693@item info
2694@samp{LOG_INFO}
2695@item debug
2696@samp{LOG_DEBUG}
2697@item map
2698@samp{LOG_DEBUG}
2699@item stats
2700@samp{LOG_INFO}
2701@end table
2702
2703
2704The options can be prefixed by the string @samp{no} to indicate
2705that this option should be turned off.  For example, to obtain all
2706but @samp{info} messages the option @samp{-x all,noinfo} would be used.
2707
2708If @i{Amd} was built with debugging enabled the @code{debug} option is
2709automatically enabled regardless of the command line options.
2710
2711@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
2712@node -y Option, -C-Option, -x Option, Amd Command Line Options
2713@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
2714@section @code{-y} @var{NIS-domain}
2715@cindex NIS (YP) domain name
2716@cindex Overriding the NIS (YP) domain name
2717@cindex Setting the NIS (YP) domain name
2718@cindex YP domain name
2719
2720Selects an alternate NIS domain.  This is useful for debugging and
2721cross-domain shared mounting.  If this flag is specified, @i{Amd}
2722immediately attempts to bind to a server for this domain.
2723@c @i{Amd} refers to NIS maps when it starts, unless the @code{-m} option
2724@c is specified, and whenever required in a mount map.
2725
2726@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
2727@node -C-Option, -D-Option, -y Option, Amd Command Line Options
2728@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
2729@section @code{-C} @var{cluster-name}
2730@cindex Cluster names
2731@cindex Setting the cluster name
2732
2733Specifies the name of the cluster of which the local machine is a member.
2734The only effect is to set the variable @code{$@{cluster@}}.
2735The @dfn{cluster-name} is will usually obtained by running another command which uses
2736a database to map the local hostname into a cluster name.
2737@code{$@{cluster@}} can then be used as a selector to restrict mounting of
2738replicated data.
2739If this option is not given, @code{$@{cluster@}} has the same value as @code{$@{domain@}}.
2740This would be used as follows:
2741
2742@example
2743amd -C `clustername` ...
2744@end example
2745
2746@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
2747@node -D-Option, -F Option, -C-Option, Amd Command Line Options
2748@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
2749@section @code{-D} @var{opts}
2750@cindex Debug options
2751@cindex Setting debug flags
2752
2753Controls the verbosity and coverage of the debugging trace; @dfn{opts}
2754is a comma separated list of debugging options.  The @code{-D} option is
2755only available if @i{Amd} was compiled with @samp{-DDEBUG}, or
2756configured with @code{configure --enable-debug}.  The memory debugging
2757facilities (@samp{mem}) are only available if @i{Amd} was compiled with
2758@samp{-DDEBUG_MEM} (in addition to @samp{-DDEBUG}), or configured with
2759@code{configure --enable-debug=mem}.
2760
2761The most common options to use are @samp{-D trace} and @samp{-D test}
2762(which turns on all the useful debug options).  As usual, every option
2763can be prefixed with @samp{no} to turn it off.
2764
2765@table @code
2766@item all
2767all options
2768@item amq
2769register for amq
2770@item daemon
2771enter daemon mode
2772@item fork
2773fork server
2774@item full
2775program trace
2776@item info
2777@cindex debugging hesiod resolver service
2778@cindex Hesiod: turning on RES_DEBUG
2779info service specific debugging (hesiod, nis, etc.)  In the case of
2780hesiod maps, turns on the hesiod RES_DEBUG internal debugging option.
2781@item mem
2782trace memory allocations
2783@item mtab
2784use local @file{./mtab} file
2785@item str
2786debug string munging
2787@item test
2788full debug but no daemon
2789@item trace
2790protocol trace
2791@end table
2792
2793You may also refer to the program source for a more detailed explanation
2794of the available options.
2795
2796@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
2797@node -F Option, -H Option, -D-Option, Amd Command Line Options
2798@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
2799@section @code{-F} @var{conf-file}
2800@cindex Amd configuration file; specifying name
2801@cindex Amd configuration file
2802@cindex amd.conf file
2803
2804Specify an @i{Amd} configuration file @var{conf-file} to use.  For a
2805description of the format and syntax, @pxref{Amd Configuration File}.
2806This configuration file is used to specify any options in lieu of typing
2807many of them on the command line.  The @file{amd.conf} file includes
2808directives for every command line option @i{Amd} has, and many more that
2809are only available via the configuration file facility.  The
2810configuration file specified by this option is processed after all other
2811options had been processed, regardless of the actual location of this
2812option on the command line.
2813
2814@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
2815@node -H Option, -O-Option, -F Option, Amd Command Line Options
2816@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
2817@section @code{-H}
2818@cindex Displaying brief help
2819@cindex Help; showing from Amd
2820
2821Print a brief help and usage string.
2822
2823@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
2824@node -O-Option, -S Option, -H Option, Amd Command Line Options
2825@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
2826@section @code{-O} @var{op-sys-name}
2827@cindex Operating System name
2828@cindex Setting the Operating System name
2829
2830Override the compiled-in name of the operating system, with
2831@var{op-sys-name}.  Useful when the built-in name is not desired for
2832backward compatibility reasons.  For example, if the build in name is
2833@samp{sunos5}, you can override it to the old name @samp{sos5}, and use
2834older maps which were written with the latter in mind.
2835
2836@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
2837@node -S Option, -T-Option, -O-Option, Amd Command Line Options
2838@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
2839@section @code{-S}
2840@cindex plock; using
2841@cindex locking executable pages in memory
2842
2843Do @emph{not} lock the running executable pages of @i{Amd} into memory.
2844To improve @i{Amd}'s performance, systems that support the @b{plock}(3)
2845call lock the @i{Amd} process into memory.  This way there is less
2846chance the operating system will schedule, page out, and swap the
2847@i{Amd} process as needed.  This tends to improve @i{Amd}'s performance,
2848at the cost of reserving the memory used by the @i{Amd} process (making
2849it unavailable for other processes).  If this behavior is not desired,
2850use the @code{-S} option.
2851
2852@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
2853@node -T-Option, , -S Option, Amd Command Line Options
2854@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
2855@section @code{-T} @var{tag}
2856@cindex Tags for Amd configuration file
2857@cindex Configuration file; tags
2858 
2859Specify a tag to use with @file{amd.conf}.  All map entries tagged with
2860@var{tag} will be processed.  Map entries that are not tagged are always
2861processed.  Map entries that are tagged with a tag other than @var{tag}
2862will not be processed.
2863
2864@c ################################################################
2865@node Filesystem Types, Amd Configuration File, Amd Command Line Options, Top
2866@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
2867@chapter Filesystem Types
2868@cindex Filesystem types
2869@cindex Mount types
2870@cindex Types of filesystem
2871
2872To mount a volume, @i{Amd} must be told the type of filesystem to be
2873used.  Each filesystem type typically requires additional information
2874such as the fileserver name for NFS.
2875
2876From the point of view of @i{Amd}, a @dfn{filesystem} is anything that
2877can resolve an incoming name lookup.  An important feature is support
2878for multiple filesystem types.  Some of these filesystems are
2879implemented in the local kernel and some on remote fileservers, whilst
2880the others are implemented internally by @i{Amd}.@refill
2881
2882The two common filesystem types are UFS and NFS.  Four other user
2883accessible filesystems (@samp{link}, @samp{program}, @samp{auto} and
2884@samp{direct}) are also implemented internally by @i{Amd} and these are
2885described below.  There are two additional filesystem types internal to
2886@i{Amd} which are not directly accessible to the user (@samp{inherit}
2887and @samp{error}).  Their use is described since they may still have an
2888effect visible to the user.@refill
2889
2890@menu
2891* Network Filesystem::          A single NFS filesystem.
2892* Network Host Filesystem::     NFS mount a host's entire export tree.
2893* Network Filesystem Group::    An atomic group of NFS filesystems.
2894* Unix Filesystem::             Native disk filesystem.
2895* Caching Filesystem::          Caching from remote server filesystem.
2896* CD-ROM Filesystem::           ISO9660 CD ROM.
2897* Loopback Filesystem::         Local loopback-mount filesystem.
2898* Memory/RAM Filesystem::       A memory or RAM-based filesystem.
2899* Null Filesystem::             4.4BSD's loopback-mount filesystem.
2900* Floppy Filesystem::           MS-DOS Floppy filesystem.
2901* Translucent Filesystem::      The directory merging filesystem.
2902* Shared Memory+Swap Filesystem:: Sun's tmpfs filesystem.
2903* User ID Mapping Filesystem::  4.4BSD's umapfs filesystem.
2904* Program Filesystem::          Generic Program mounts.
2905* Symbolic Link Filesystem::    Local link.
2906* Symbolic Link Filesystem II:: Local link referencing existing filesystem.
2907* NFS-Link Filesystem::         Link if path exists, NFS otherwise.
2908* Automount Filesystem::
2909* Direct Automount Filesystem::
2910* Union Filesystem::
2911* Error Filesystem::
2912* Top-level Filesystem::
2913* Autofs Filesystem::           Sun's kernel-based automounter filesystem.
2914* Root Filesystem::
2915* Inheritance Filesystem::
2916@end menu
2917
2918@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
2919@node Network Filesystem, Network Host Filesystem, Filesystem Types, Filesystem Types
2920@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
2921@section Network Filesystem (@samp{nfs})
2922@cindex NFS
2923@cindex Mounting an NFS filesystem
2924@cindex How to mount and NFS filesystem
2925@cindex nfs, filesystem type
2926@cindex Filesystem type; nfs
2927
2928The @dfn{nfs} (@samp{type:=nfs}) filesystem type provides access to Sun's NFS.
2929
2930@noindent
2931The following options must be specified:
2932
2933@table @code
2934@cindex rhost, mount option
2935@cindex Mount option; rhost
2936@item rhost
2937the remote fileserver.  This must be an entry in the hosts database.  IP
2938addresses are not accepted.  The default value is taken
2939from the local host name (@code{$@{host@}}) if no other value is
2940specified.
2941
2942@cindex rfs, mount option
2943@cindex Mount option; rfs
2944@item rfs
2945the remote filesystem.
2946If no value is specified for this option, an internal default of
2947@code{$@{path@}} is used.
2948@end table
2949
2950NFS mounts require a two stage process.  First, the @dfn{file handle} of
2951the remote file system must be obtained from the server.  Then a mount
2952system call must be done on the local system.  @i{Amd} keeps a cache
2953of file handles for remote file systems.  The cache entries have a
2954lifetime of a few minutes.
2955
2956If a required file handle is not in the cache, @i{Amd} sends a request
2957to the remote server to obtain it.  @i{Amd} @dfn{does not} wait for
2958a response; it notes that one of the locations needs retrying, but
2959continues with any remaining locations.  When the file handle becomes
2960available, and assuming none of the other locations was successfully
2961mounted, @i{Amd} will retry the mount.  This mechanism allows several
2962NFS filesystems to be mounted in parallel.
2963@c @footnote{The mechanism
2964@c is general, however NFS is the only filesystem
2965@c for which the required hooks have been written.}
2966The first one which responds with a valid file handle will be used.
2967
2968@noindent
2969An NFS entry might be:
2970
2971@example
2972jsp  host!=charm;type:=nfs;rhost:=charm;rfs:=/home/charm;sublink:=jsp
2973@end example
2974
2975The mount system call and any unmount attempts are always done
2976in a new task to avoid the possibility of blocking @i{Amd}.
2977
2978@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
2979@node Network Host Filesystem, Network Filesystem Group, Network Filesystem, Filesystem Types
2980@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
2981@section Network Host Filesystem (@samp{host})
2982@cindex Network host filesystem
2983@cindex Mounting entire export trees
2984@cindex How to mount all NFS exported filesystems
2985@cindex host, filesystem type
2986@cindex Filesystem type; host
2987
2988@c NOTE: the current implementation of the @dfn{host} filesystem type
2989@c sometimes fails to maintain a consistent view of the remote mount tree.
2990@c This happens when the mount times out and only some of the remote mounts
2991@c are successfully unmounted.  To prevent this from occurring, use the
2992@c @samp{nounmount} mount option.
2993
2994The @dfn{host} (@samp{type:=host}) filesystem allows access to the entire export tree of an
2995NFS server.  The implementation is layered above the @samp{nfs}
2996implementation so keep-alives work in the same way.  The only option
2997which needs to be specified is @samp{rhost} which is the name of the
2998fileserver to mount.
2999
3000The @samp{host} filesystem type works by querying the mount daemon on
3001the given fileserver to obtain its export list.  @i{Amd} then obtains
3002filehandles for each of the exported filesystems.  Any errors at this
3003stage cause that particular filesystem to be ignored.  Finally each
3004filesystem is mounted.  Again, errors are logged but ignored.  One
3005common reason for mounts to fail is that the mount point does not exist.
3006Although @i{Amd} attempts to automatically create the mount point, it
3007may be on a remote filesystem to which @i{Amd} does not have write
3008permission.
3009
3010When an attempt to unmount a @samp{host} filesystem mount fails, @i{Amd}
3011remounts any filesystems which had successfully been unmounted.  To do
3012this @i{Amd} queries the mount daemon again and obtains a fresh copy of
3013the export list.  @i{Amd} then tries to mount any exported filesystems
3014which are not currently mounted.
3015
3016Sun's automounter provides a special @samp{-hosts} map.  To achieve the
3017same effect with @i{Amd} requires two steps.  First a mount map must
3018be created as follows:
3019
3020@example
3021*       type:=host;rhost:=$@{key@};fs:=$@{autodir@}/$@{rhost@}/root
3022@end example
3023
3024@noindent
3025and then start @i{Amd} with the following command
3026
3027@example
3028amd /net net.map
3029@end example
3030
3031@noindent
3032where @samp{net.map} is the name of map described above.  Note that the
3033value of @code{$@{fs@}} is overridden in the map.  This is done to avoid
3034a clash between the mount tree and any other filesystem already mounted
3035from the same fileserver.
3036
3037If different mount options are needed for different hosts then
3038additional entries can be added to the map, for example
3039
3040@example
3041host2       opts:=ro,nosuid,soft
3042@end example
3043
3044@noindent
3045would soft mount @samp{host2} read-only.
3046
3047@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
3048@node Network Filesystem Group, Unix Filesystem, Network Host Filesystem, Filesystem Types
3049@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
3050@section Network Filesystem Group (@samp{nfsx})
3051@cindex Network filesystem group
3052@cindex Atomic NFS mounts
3053@cindex Mounting an atomic group of NFS filesystems
3054@cindex How to mount an atomic group of NFS filesystems
3055@cindex nfsx, filesystem type
3056@cindex Filesystem type; nfsx
3057
3058The @dfn{nfsx} (@samp{type:=nfsx}) filesystem allows a group of filesystems to be mounted
3059from a single NFS server.  The implementation is layered above the
3060@samp{nfs} implementation so keep-alives work in the same way.
3061
3062The options are the same as for the @samp{nfs} filesystem with one
3063difference.
3064
3065@noindent
3066The following options must be specified:
3067
3068@table @code
3069@item rhost
3070the remote fileserver.  This must be an entry in the hosts database.  IP
3071addresses are not accepted.  The default value is taken from the local
3072host name (@code{$@{host@}}) if no other value is specified.
3073
3074@item rfs
3075as a list of filesystems to mount.  The list is in the form of a comma
3076separated strings.
3077@end table
3078
3079@noindent
3080For example:
3081
3082@example
3083pub  type:=nfsx;rhost:=gould;\
3084     rfs:=/public,/,graphics,usenet;fs:=$@{autodir@}/$@{rhost@}/root
3085@end example
3086
3087The first string defines the root of the tree, and is applied as a
3088prefix to the remaining members of the list which define the individual
3089filesystems.  The first string is @emph{not} used as a filesystem name.
3090A parallel operation is used to determine the local mount points to
3091ensure a consistent layout of a tree of mounts.
3092
3093Here, the @emph{three} filesystems, @samp{/public},
3094@samp{/public/graphics} and @samp{/public/usenet}, would be mounted.@refill
3095
3096A local mount point, @code{$@{fs@}}, @emph{must} be specified.  The
3097default local mount point will not work correctly in the general case.
3098A suggestion is to use @samp{fs:=$@{autodir@}/$@{rhost@}/root}.@refill
3099
3100@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
3101@node Unix Filesystem, Caching Filesystem, Network Filesystem Group, Filesystem Types
3102@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
3103@section Unix Filesystem (@samp{ufs}, @samp{xfs}, or @samp{efs})
3104@cindex Unix filesystem
3105@cindex UFS
3106@cindex XFS
3107@cindex EFS
3108@cindex Mounting a UFS filesystem
3109@cindex Mounting a local disk
3110@cindex How to mount a UFS filesystems
3111@cindex How to mount a local disk
3112@cindex Disk filesystems
3113@cindex ufs, filesystem type
3114@cindex Filesystem type; ufs
3115@cindex xfs, filesystem type
3116@cindex Filesystem type; xfs
3117@cindex efs, filesystem type
3118@cindex Filesystem type; efs
3119
3120The @dfn{ufs} (@samp{type:=ufs}) filesystem type provides access to the system's standard
3121disk filesystem---usually a derivative of the Berkeley Fast Filesystem.
3122
3123@noindent
3124The following option must be specified:
3125
3126@table @code
3127@cindex dev, mount option
3128@cindex Mount option; dev
3129@item dev
3130the block special device to be mounted.
3131@end table
3132
3133A UFS entry might be:
3134
3135@example
3136jsp   host==charm;type:=ufs;dev:=/dev/sd0d;sublink:=jsp
3137@end example
3138
3139UFS is the default Unix disk-based file system, which Am-utils picks up
3140during the autoconfiguration phase.  Some systems have more than one
3141type, such as IRIX, that comes with EFS (Extent File System) and XFS
3142(Extended File System).  In those cases, you may explicitly set the file
3143system type, by using entries such:
3144
3145@example
3146ez1   type:=efs;dev:=/dev/xd0a
3147ez2   type:=xfs;dev:=/dev/sd3c
3148@end example
3149
3150@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
3151@node Caching Filesystem, CD-ROM Filesystem, Unix Filesystem, Filesystem Types
3152@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
3153@section Caching Filesystem (@samp{cachefs})
3154@cindex Caching Filesystem
3155@cindex cachefs, filesystem type
3156@cindex Filesystem type; cachefs
3157
3158The @dfn{cachefs} (@samp{type:=cachefs}) filesystem caches files from
3159one location onto another, presumably providing faster access.  It is
3160particularly useful to cache from a larger and remote (slower) NFS
3161partition to a smaller and local (faster) UFS directory.
3162
3163@noindent
3164The following options must be specified:
3165
3166@table @code
3167@cindex cachedir, mount option
3168@cindex Mount option; cachedir
3169@item cachedir
3170the directory where the cache is stored.
3171@item rfs
3172the path name to the ``back file system'' to be cached from.
3173@item fs
3174the ``front file system'' mount point to the cached files, where @i{Amd}
3175will set a symbolic link pointing to.
3176@end table
3177
3178A CacheFS entry for, say, the @file{/import} @i{Amd} mount point, might
3179be:
3180
3181@example
3182copt  type:=cachefs;cachedir:=/cache;rfs:=/import/opt;fs:=/n/import/copt
3183@end example
3184
3185Access to the pathname @file{/import/copt} will follow a symbolic link
3186to @file{/n/import/copt}.  The latter is the mount point for a caching
3187file system, that caches from @file{/import/opt} to @file{/cache}.
3188
3189@b{Caveats}:
3190@enumerate
3191@item This file system is currently only implemented for Solaris 2.x!
3192@item Before being used for the first time, the cache directory @i{must} be
3193initialized with @samp{cfsadmin -c @var{cachedir}}.  See the manual page for
3194@b{cfsadmin}(1M) for more information.
3195@item The ``back file system'' mounted must be a complete file system, not
3196a subdirectory thereof; otherwise you will get an error ``Invalid Argument''.
3197@item If @i{Amd} aborts abnormally, the state of the cache may be
3198inconsistent, requiring running the command @file{fsck -F cachefs
3199@var{cachedir}}.  Otherwise you will get the error ``No Space Left on Device''.
3200@end enumerate
3201
3202@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
3203@node CD-ROM Filesystem, Loopback Filesystem, Caching Filesystem, Filesystem Types
3204@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
3205@section CD-ROM Filesystem (@samp{cdfs})
3206@cindex CD-ROM Filesystem
3207@cindex cdfs, filesystem type
3208@cindex Filesystem type; cdfs
3209
3210The @dfn{cdfs} (@samp{type:=cdfs}) filesystem mounts a CD-ROM with an
3211ISO9660 format filesystem on it.
3212
3213@noindent
3214The following option must be specified:
3215
3216@table @code
3217@cindex dev, mount option
3218@cindex Mount option; dev
3219@item dev
3220the block special device to be mounted.
3221@end table
3222
3223A cdfs entry might be:
3224
3225@example
3226cdfs      os==sunos4;type:=cdfs;dev:=/dev/sr0 \
3227          os==sunos5;type:=cdfs;dev:=/dev/dsk/c0t6d0s2
3228@end example
3229
3230@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
3231@node Loopback Filesystem, Memory/RAM Filesystem, CD-ROM Filesystem, Filesystem Types
3232@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
3233@section Loopback Filesystem (@samp{lofs})
3234@cindex Loopback Filesystem
3235@cindex lofs, filesystem type
3236@cindex Filesystem type; lofs
3237
3238The @dfn{lofs} (@samp{type:=lofs}) filesystem is also called the
3239loopback filesystem.  It mounts a local directory on another, thus
3240providing mount-time binding to another location (unlike symbolic
3241links).
3242
3243The loopback filesystem is particularly useful within the context of a
3244chroot-ed directory (via @b{chroot}(2)), to provide access to
3245directories otherwise inaccessible.
3246
3247@noindent
3248The following option must be specified:
3249
3250@table @code
3251@cindex rfs, mount option
3252@cindex Mount option; rfs
3253@item rfs
3254the pathname to be mounted on top of @code{$@{fs@}}.
3255@end table
3256
3257Usually, the FTP server runs in a chroot-ed environment, for security
3258reasons.  In this example, lofs is used to provide a subdirectory within
3259a user's home directory, also available for public ftp.
3260
3261@example
3262lofs      type:=lofs;rfs:=/home/ezk/myftpdir;fs:=/usr/ftp/pub/ezk
3263@end example
3264
3265@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
3266@node Memory/RAM Filesystem, Null Filesystem, Loopback Filesystem, Filesystem Types
3267@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
3268@section Memory/RAM Filesystem (@samp{mfs})
3269@cindex Memory/RAM Filesystem
3270@cindex mfs, filesystem type
3271@cindex Filesystem type; mfs
3272
3273The @dfn{mfs} (@samp{type:=mfs}) filesystem is available in 4.4BSD,
3274Linux, and other systems.  It creates a filesystem in a portion of the
3275system's memory, thus providing very fast file (volatile) access.
3276
3277XXX: THIS FILESYSTEM IS NOT IMPLEMENTED YET!
3278
3279@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
3280@node Null Filesystem, Floppy Filesystem, Memory/RAM Filesystem, Filesystem Types
3281@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
3282@section Null Filesystem (@samp{nullfs})
3283@cindex Null Filesystem
3284@cindex nullfs, filesystem type
3285@cindex Filesystem type; nullfs
3286
3287The @dfn{nullfs} (@samp{type:=nullfs}) filesystem is available from 4.4BSD,
3288and is very similar to the loopback filesystem, @dfn{lofs}.
3289
3290XXX: THIS FILESYSTEM IS NOT IMPLEMENTED YET!
3291
3292@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
3293@node Floppy Filesystem, Translucent Filesystem, Null Filesystem, Filesystem Types
3294@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
3295@section Floppy Filesystem (@samp{pcfs})
3296@cindex Floppy Filesystem
3297@cindex pcfs, filesystem type
3298@cindex Filesystem type; pcfs
3299
3300The @dfn{pcfs} (@samp{type:=pcfs}) filesystem mounts a floppy previously
3301formatted for the MS-DOS format.
3302
3303@noindent
3304The following option must be specified:
3305
3306@table @code
3307@cindex dev, mount option
3308@cindex Mount option; dev
3309@item dev
3310the block special device to be mounted.
3311@end table
3312
3313A pcfs entry might be:
3314
3315@example
3316pcfs      os==sunos4;type:=pcfs;dev:=/dev/fd0 \
3317          os==sunos5;type:=pcfs;dev:=/dev/diskette
3318@end example
3319
3320@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
3321@node Translucent Filesystem, Shared Memory+Swap Filesystem, Floppy Filesystem, Filesystem Types
3322@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
3323@section Translucent Filesystem (@samp{tfs})
3324@cindex Translucent Filesystem
3325@cindex tfs, filesystem type
3326@cindex Filesystem type; tfs
3327
3328The @dfn{tfs} (@samp{type:=tfs}) filesystem is an older version of the
33294.4BSD @dfn{unionfs}.
3330
3331XXX: THIS FILESYSTEM IS NOT IMPLEMENTED YET!
3332
3333@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
3334@node Shared Memory+Swap Filesystem, User ID Mapping Filesystem, Translucent Filesystem, Filesystem Types
3335@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
3336@section Shared Memory+Swap Filesystem (@samp{tmpfs})
3337@cindex Shared Memory and Swap Filesystem
3338@cindex tmpfs, filesystem type
3339@cindex Filesystem type; tmpfs
3340
3341The @dfn{tmpfs} (@samp{type:=tmpfs}) filesystem shares memory between a
3342the swap device and the rest of the system.  It is generally used to
3343provide a fast access @file{/tmp} directory, one that uses memory that
3344is otherwise unused.  This filesystem is available in SunOS 4.x and 5.x.
3345
3346XXX: THIS FILESYSTEM IS NOT IMPLEMENTED YET!
3347
3348@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
3349@node User ID Mapping Filesystem, Program Filesystem, Shared Memory+Swap Filesystem, Filesystem Types
3350@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
3351@section User ID Mapping Filesystem (@samp{umapfs})
3352@cindex User ID Mapping Filesystem
3353@cindex umapfs, filesystem type
3354@cindex Filesystem type; umapfs
3355
3356The @dfn{umapfs} (@samp{type:=umapfs}) filesystem maps User IDs of file
3357ownership, and is available from 4.4BSD.
3358
3359XXX: THIS FILESYSTEM IS NOT IMPLEMENTED YET!
3360
3361@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
3362@node Program Filesystem, Symbolic Link Filesystem, User ID Mapping Filesystem, Filesystem Types
3363@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
3364@section Program Filesystem (@samp{program})
3365@cindex Program filesystem
3366@cindex Mount a filesystem under program control
3367@cindex program, filesystem type
3368@cindex Filesystem type; program
3369
3370The @dfn{program} (@samp{type:=program}) filesystem type allows a program to be run whenever a
3371mount or unmount is required.  This allows easy addition of support for
3372other filesystem types, such as MIT's Remote Virtual Disk (RVD)
3373which has a programmatic interface via the commands
3374@samp{rvdmount} and @samp{rvdunmount}.
3375
3376@noindent
3377The following options must be specified:
3378
3379@table @code
3380@cindex mount, mount option
3381@cindex Mount option; mount
3382@item mount
3383the program which will perform the mount.
3384
3385@cindex unmount, mount option
3386@cindex Mount option; unmount
3387@item unmount
3388the program which will perform the unmount.
3389@end table
3390
3391The exit code from these two programs is interpreted as a Unix error
3392code.  As usual, exit code zero indicates success.  To execute the
3393program @i{Amd} splits the string on whitespace to create an array of
3394substrings.  Single quotes @samp{'} can be used to quote whitespace
3395if that is required in an argument.  There is no way to escape or change
3396the quote character.
3397
3398To run the program @samp{rvdmount} with a host name and filesystem as
3399arguments would be specified by @samp{mount:="/etc/rvdmount rvdmount
3400fserver $@{path@}"}.
3401
3402The first element in the array is taken as the pathname of the program
3403to execute.  The other members of the array form the argument vector to
3404be passed to the program, @dfn{including argument zero}.  This means
3405that the split string must have at least two elements.  The program is
3406directly executed by @i{Amd}, not via a shell.  This means that scripts
3407must begin with a @code{#!} interpreter specification.
3408
3409If a filesystem type is to be heavily used, it may be worthwhile adding
3410a new filesystem type into @i{Amd}, but for most uses the program
3411filesystem should suffice.
3412
3413When the program is run, standard input and standard error are inherited
3414from the current values used by @i{Amd}.  Standard output is a
3415duplicate of standard error.  The value specified with the @code{-l}
3416command line option has no effect on standard error.
3417
3418@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
3419@node Symbolic Link Filesystem, Symbolic Link Filesystem II, Program Filesystem, Filesystem Types
3420@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
3421@section Symbolic Link Filesystem (@samp{link})
3422@cindex Symbolic link filesystem
3423@cindex Referencing part of the local name space
3424@cindex Mounting part of the local name space
3425@cindex How to reference part of the local name space
3426@cindex link, filesystem type
3427@cindex symlink, link filesystem type
3428@cindex Filesystem type; link
3429
3430Each filesystem type creates a symbolic link to point from the volume
3431name to the physical mount point.  The @samp{link} filesystem does the
3432same without any other side effects.  This allows any part of the
3433machines name space to be accessed via @i{Amd}.
3434
3435One common use for the symlink filesystem is @file{/homes} which can be
3436made to contain an entry for each user which points to their
3437(auto-mounted) home directory.  Although this may seem rather expensive,
3438it provides a great deal of administrative flexibility.
3439
3440@noindent
3441The following option must be defined:
3442
3443@table @code
3444@item fs
3445The value of @var{fs} option specifies the destination of the link, as
3446modified by the @var{sublink} option.  If @var{sublink} is non-null, it
3447is appended to @code{$@{fs@}}@code{/} and the resulting string is used
3448as the target.
3449@end table
3450
3451The @samp{link} filesystem can be thought of as identical to the
3452@samp{ufs} filesystem but without actually mounting anything.
3453
3454An example entry might be:
3455
3456@example
3457jsp   host==charm;type:=link;fs:=/home/charm;sublink:=jsp
3458@end example
3459which would return a symbolic link pointing to @file{/home/charm/jsp}.
3460
3461@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
3462@node Symbolic Link Filesystem II, NFS-Link Filesystem, Symbolic Link Filesystem, Filesystem Types
3463@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
3464@section Symbolic Link Filesystem II (@samp{linkx})
3465@cindex Symbolic link filesystem II
3466@cindex Referencing an existing part of the local name space
3467@cindex Mounting an existing part of the local name space
3468@cindex How to reference an existing part of the local name space
3469@cindex linkx, filesystem type
3470@cindex symlink, linkx filesystem type
3471@cindex Filesystem type; linkx
3472
3473The @dfn{linkx} (@samp{type:=linkx}) filesystem type is identical to @samp{link} with the
3474exception that the target of the link must exist.  Existence is checked
3475with the @b{lstat}(2) system call.
3476
3477The @samp{linkx} filesystem type is particularly useful for wildcard map
3478entries.  In this case, a list of possible targets can be given and
3479@i{Amd} will choose the first one which exists on the local machine.
3480
3481@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
3482@node NFS-Link Filesystem, Automount Filesystem, Symbolic Link Filesystem II, Filesystem Types
3483@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
3484@section NFS-Link Filesystem (@samp{nfsl})
3485@cindex NFS-Link filesystem II
3486@cindex Referencing an existing part of the name space if target exists
3487@cindex Mounting a remote part of the name space if target is missing
3488@cindex Symlink if target exists, NFS otherwise
3489@cindex nfsl, filesystem type
3490@cindex symlink, nfsl filesystem type
3491@cindex Filesystem type; nfsl
3492
3493The @dfn{nfsl} (@samp{type:=nfsl}) filesystem type is a combination of two others:
3494@samp{link} and @samp{nfs}.  If the local host name is equal to the
3495value of @code{$@{rhost@}}, or if the target pathname listed in
3496@code{$@{fs@}} exists, @samp{nfsl} will behave exactly as
3497@samp{type:=link}, and refer to the target as a symbolic link.  If the
3498local host name is not equal to the value of @code{$@{rhost@}}, or if
3499the target of the link does not exist, @i{Amd} will treat it as
3500@samp{type:=nfs}, and will mount a remote pathname for it.
3501
3502The @samp{nfsl} filesystem type is particularly useful as a shorthand
3503for the more cumbersome and yet one of the most popular @i{Amd}
3504entries.  For example, you can simplify all map entries that look like:
3505
3506@example
3507zing    -fs:=/n/shekel/u/zing \
3508        host!=shekel;type:=nfs;rhost:=shekel;rfs:=$@{fs@} \
3509        host==shekel;type:=link
3510@end example
3511
3512or
3513
3514@example
3515zing    -fs:=/n/shekel/u/zing \
3516        exists($@{fs@});type:=link \
3517        !exists($@{fs@});type:=nfs;rhost:=shekel;rfs:=$@{fs@}
3518@end example
3519
3520into a shorter form
3521
3522@example
3523zing    type:=nfsl;fs:=/n/shekel/u/zing;rhost:=shekel;rfs:=$@{fs@}
3524@end example
3525
3526Not just does it make the maps smaller and simpler, but it avoids
3527possible mistakes that often happen when forgetting to set up the two
3528entries (one for @samp{type:=nfs} and the other for @samp{type:=link})
3529necessary to perform transparent mounts of existing or remote mounts.
3530
3531@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
3532@node Automount Filesystem, Direct Automount Filesystem, NFS-Link Filesystem, Filesystem Types
3533@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
3534@section Automount Filesystem (@samp{auto})
3535@cindex Automount filesystem
3536@cindex Map cache types
3537@cindex Setting map cache parameters
3538@cindex How to set map cache parameters
3539@cindex How to start an indirect automount point
3540@cindex auto, filesystem type
3541@cindex Filesystem type; auto
3542@cindex SIGHUP signal
3543@cindex Map cache synchronizing
3544@cindex Synchronizing the map cache
3545@cindex Map cache options
3546@cindex Regular expressions in maps
3547
3548The @dfn{auto} (@samp{type:=auto}) filesystem type creates a new automount point below an
3549existing automount point.  Top-level automount points appear as system
3550mount points.  An automount mount point can also appear as a
3551sub-directory of an existing automount point.  This allows some
3552additional structure to be added, for example to mimic the mount tree of
3553another machine.
3554
3555The following options may be specified:
3556
3557@table @code
3558@cindex cache, mount option
3559@cindex Mount option; cache
3560@item cache
3561specifies whether the data in this mount-map should be
3562cached.  The default value is @samp{none}, in which case
3563no caching is done in order to conserve memory.
3564However, better performance and reliability can be obtained by caching
3565some or all of a mount-map.
3566
3567If the cache option specifies @samp{all},
3568the entire map is enumerated when the mount point is created.
3569
3570If the cache option specifies @samp{inc}, caching is done incrementally
3571as and when data is required.
3572Some map types do not support cache mode @samp{all}, in which case @samp{inc}
3573is used whenever @samp{all} is requested.
3574
3575Caching can be entirely disabled by using cache mode @samp{none}.
3576
3577If the cache option specifies @samp{regexp} then the entire map will be
3578enumerated and each key will be treated as an egrep-style regular
3579expression.  The order in which a cached map is searched does not
3580correspond to the ordering in the source map so the regular expressions
3581should be mutually exclusive to avoid confusion.
3582
3583Each mount map type has a default cache type, usually @samp{inc}, which
3584can be selected by specifying @samp{mapdefault}.
3585
3586The cache mode for a mount map can only be selected on the command line.
3587Starting @i{Amd} with the command:
3588
3589@example
3590amd /homes hesiod.homes -cache:=inc
3591@end example
3592
3593will cause @samp{/homes} to be automounted using the @dfn{Hesiod} name
3594server with local incremental caching of all successfully resolved names.
3595
3596All cached data is forgotten whenever @i{Amd} receives a @samp{SIGHUP}
3597signal and, if cache @samp{all} mode was selected, the cache will be
3598reloaded.  This can be used to inform @i{Amd} that a map has been
3599updated.  In addition, whenever a cache lookup fails and @i{Amd} needs
3600to examine a map, the map's modify time is examined.  If the cache is
3601out of date with respect to the map then it is flushed as if a
3602@samp{SIGHUP} had been received.
3603
3604An additional option (@samp{sync}) may be specified to force @i{Amd} to
3605check the map's modify time whenever a cached entry is being used.  For
3606example, an incremental, synchronized cache would be created by the
3607following command:
3608
3609@example
3610amd /homes hesiod.homes -cache:=inc,sync
3611@end example
3612
3613@item fs
3614specifies the name of the mount map to use for the new mount point.
3615
3616Arguably this should have been specified with the @code{$@{rfs@}} option but
3617we are now stuck with it due to historical accident.
3618
3619@c %If the string @samp{.} is used then the same map is used;
3620@c %in addition the lookup prefix is set to the name of the mount point followed
3621@c %by a slash @samp{/}.
3622@c %This is the same as specifying @samp{fs:=\$@{map@};pref:=\$@{key@}/}.
3623@c
3624
3625@item pref
3626alters the name that is looked up in the mount map.  If
3627@code{$@{pref@}}, the @dfn{prefix}, is non-null then it is prepended to
3628the name requested by the kernel @dfn{before} the map is searched.
3629@end table
3630
3631The server @samp{dylan.doc.ic.ac.uk} has two user disks:
3632@samp{/dev/dsk/2s0} and @samp{/dev/dsk/5s0}.  These are accessed as
3633@samp{/home/dylan/dk2} and @samp{/home/dylan/dk5} respectively.  Since
3634@samp{/home} is already an automount point, this naming is achieved with
3635the following map entries:@refill
3636
3637@example
3638dylan        type:=auto;fs:=$@{map@};pref:=$@{key@}/
3639dylan/dk2    type:=ufs;dev:=/dev/dsk/2s0
3640dylan/dk5    type:=ufs;dev:=/dev/dsk/5s0
3641@end example
3642
3643@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
3644@node Direct Automount Filesystem, Union Filesystem, Automount Filesystem, Filesystem Types
3645@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
3646@section Direct Automount Filesystem (@samp{direct})
3647@cindex Direct automount filesystem
3648@cindex How to start a direct automount point
3649@cindex direct, filesystem type
3650@cindex Filesystem type; direct
3651
3652The @dfn{direct} (@samp{type:=direct}) filesystem is almost identical to the automount
3653filesystem.  Instead of appearing to be a directory of mount points, it
3654appears as a symbolic link to a mounted filesystem.  The mount is done
3655at the time the link is accessed.  @xref{Automount Filesystem} for a
3656list of required options.
3657
3658Direct automount points are created by specifying the @samp{direct}
3659filesystem type on the command line:
3660
3661@example
3662amd ... /usr/man auto.direct -type:=direct
3663@end example
3664
3665where @samp{auto.direct} would contain an entry such as:
3666
3667@example
3668usr/man    -type:=nfs;rfs:=/usr/man \
3669           rhost:=man-server1  rhost:=man-server2
3670@end example
3671
3672In this example, @samp{man-server1} and @samp{man-server2} are file
3673servers which export copies of the manual pages.  Note that the key
3674which is looked up is the name of the automount point without the
3675leading @samp{/}.
3676
3677@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
3678@node Union Filesystem, Error Filesystem, Direct Automount Filesystem, Filesystem Types
3679@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
3680@section Union Filesystem (@samp{union})
3681@cindex Union filesystem
3682@cindex union, filesystem type
3683@cindex Filesystem type; union
3684
3685The @dfn{union} (@samp{type:=union}) filesystem type allows the contents of several
3686directories to be merged and made visible in a single directory.  This
3687can be used to overcome one of the major limitations of the Unix mount
3688mechanism which only allows complete directories to be mounted.
3689
3690For example, supposing @file{/tmp} and @file{/var/tmp} were to be merged
3691into a new directory called @file{/mtmp}, with files in @file{/var/tmp}
3692taking precedence.  The following command could be used to achieve this
3693effect:
3694
3695@example
3696amd ... /mtmp union:/tmp:/var/tmp -type:=union
3697@end example
3698
3699Currently, the unioned directories must @emph{not} be automounted.  That
3700would cause a deadlock.  This seriously limits the current usefulness of
3701this filesystem type and the problem will be addressed in a future
3702release of @i{Amd}.
3703
3704Files created in the union directory are actually created in the last
3705named directory.  This is done by creating a wildcard entry which points
3706to the correct directory.  The wildcard entry is visible if the union
3707directory is listed, so allowing you to see which directory has
3708priority.
3709
3710The files visible in the union directory are computed at the time
3711@i{Amd} is started, and are not kept up-to-date with respect to the
3712underlying directories.  Similarly, if a link is removed, for example
3713with the @samp{rm} command, it will be lost forever.
3714
3715@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
3716@node Error Filesystem, Top-level Filesystem, Union Filesystem, Filesystem Types
3717@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
3718@section Error Filesystem (@samp{error})
3719@cindex Error filesystem
3720@cindex error, filesystem type
3721@cindex Filesystem type; error
3722
3723The @dfn{error} (@samp{type:=error}) filesystem type is used internally as a catch-all in the
3724case where none of the other filesystems was selected, or some other
3725error occurred.  Lookups and mounts always fail with ``No such file or
3726directory''.  All other operations trivially succeed.
3727
3728The error filesystem is not directly accessible.
3729
3730@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
3731@node Top-level Filesystem, Autofs Filesystem, Error Filesystem, Filesystem Types
3732@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
3733@section Top-level Filesystem (@samp{toplvl})
3734@cindex Top level filesystem
3735@cindex toplvl, filesystem type
3736@cindex Filesystem type; toplvl
3737
3738The @dfn{toplvl} (@samp{type:=toplvl}) filesystems is derived from the @samp{auto} filesystem
3739and is used to mount the top-level automount nodes.  Requests of this
3740type are automatically generated from the command line arguments and can
3741also be passed in by using the @code{-M} option of the @dfn{Amq} command.
3742That option is insecure, and is unavailable unless am-utils was
3743configured with @samp{--with-amq-mount}.
3744
3745@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
3746@node Root Filesystem, Inheritance Filesystem, Autofs Filesystem, Filesystem Types
3747@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
3748@section Root Filesystem (@samp{root})
3749@cindex Root filesystem
3750@cindex root, filesystem type
3751@cindex Filesystem type; root
3752
3753The @dfn{root} (@samp{type:=root}) filesystem type acts as an internal
3754placeholder onto which @i{Amd} can pin @samp{toplvl} mounts.  Only one
3755node of this type need ever exist and one is created automatically
3756during startup.  The effect of having more than one root node is
3757undefined.
3758
3759The root filesystem is not directly accessible.
3760
3761@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
3762@node Autofs Filesystem, Root Filesystem, Top-level Filesystem, Filesystem Types
3763@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
3764@section Autofs Filesystem (@samp{autofs})
3765@cindex Autofs filesystem
3766@cindex autofs, filesystem type
3767@cindex Filesystem type; autofs
3768
3769The @dfn{autofs} (@samp{type:=autofs}) filesystem uses Sun's kernel-based automounter
3770supporting filesystem for @i{Amd}'s mount points.  Hence it is another
3771type of top level filesystem.
3772
3773The autofs filesystem is not directly accessible from @i{Amd} maps, but
3774only from the @file{amd.conf} file (@pxref{mount_type Parameter}).
3775
3776Note that Autofs support is still very early.  See the distribution file
3777@file{README.autofs} for detail of what works and what does not.
3778
3779@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
3780@node Inheritance Filesystem, , Root Filesystem, Filesystem Types
3781@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
3782@section Inheritance Filesystem (@samp{inherit})
3783@cindex Inheritance filesystem
3784@cindex Nodes generated on a restart
3785@cindex inherit, filesystem type
3786@cindex Filesystem type; inherit
3787
3788The @dfn{inheritance} (@samp{type:=inherit}) filesystem is not directly
3789accessible.  Instead, internal mount nodes of this type are
3790automatically generated when @i{Amd} is started with the @code{-r} option.
3791At this time the system mount table is scanned to locate any filesystems
3792which are already mounted.  If any reference to these filesystems is
3793made through @i{Amd} then instead of attempting to mount it, @i{Amd}
3794simulates the mount and @dfn{inherits} the filesystem.  This allows a
3795new version of @i{Amd} to be installed on a live system simply by
3796killing the old daemon with @samp{SIGTERM} and starting the new one.@refill
3797
3798This filesystem type is not generally visible externally, but it is
3799possible that the output from @samp{amq -m} may list @samp{inherit} as
3800the filesystem type.  This happens when an inherit operation cannot
3801be completed for some reason, usually because a fileserver is down.
3802
3803@c ################################################################
3804@node Amd Configuration File, Run-time Administration, Filesystem Types, Top
3805@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
3806@chapter Amd Configuration File
3807@cindex  Amd Configuration File
3808@cindex amd.conf
3809
3810The @samp{amd.conf} file is the configuration file for @i{Amd}, as part
3811of the am-utils suite.  This file contains runtime configuration
3812information for the @i{Amd} automounter program.
3813
3814@menu
3815* File Format::
3816* The Global Section::
3817* Regular Map Sections::
3818* Common Parameters::
3819* Global Parameters::
3820* Regular Map Parameters::
3821* amd.conf Examples::
3822@end menu
3823
3824@c ================================================================
3825@node File Format, The Global Section, Amd Configuration File, Amd Configuration File
3826@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
3827@section File Format
3828@cindex amd.conf file format
3829
3830The @samp{amd.conf} file consists of sections and parameters.  A section
3831begins with the name of the section in square brackets @samp{[]} and
3832continues until the next section begins or the end of the file is reached.
3833Sections contain parameters of the form @samp{name = value}.
3834
3835The file is line-based --- that is, each newline-terminated line
3836represents either a comment, a section name or a parameter.  No
3837line-continuation syntax is available.
3838
3839Section names, parameter names and their values are case sensitive.
3840
3841Only the first equals sign in a parameter is significant.  Whitespace
3842before or after the first equals sign is discarded.  Leading, trailing
3843and internal whitespace in section and parameter names is irrelevant.
3844Leading and trailing whitespace in a parameter value is discarded.
3845Internal whitespace within a parameter value is not allowed, unless the
3846whole parameter value is quoted with double quotes as in @samp{name =
3847"some value"}.
3848
3849Any line beginning with a pound sign @samp{#} is ignored, as are lines
3850containing only whitespace.
3851
3852The values following the equals sign in parameters are all either a
3853string (no quotes needed if string does not include spaces) or a
3854boolean, which may be given as @samp{yes}/@samp{no}.  Case is significant in all
3855values.  Some items such as cache timeouts are numeric.
3856
3857@c ================================================================
3858@node The Global Section, Regular Map Sections, File Format, Amd Configuration File
3859@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
3860@section The Global Section
3861@cindex amd.conf global section
3862
3863The global section must be specified as @samp{[global]}.  Parameters in
3864this section either apply to @i{Amd} as a whole, or to all other regular map
3865sections which follow.  There should be only one global section defined
3866in one configuration file.
3867
3868It is highly recommended that this section be specified first in the
3869configuration file.  If it is not, then regular map sections which
3870precede it will not use global values defined later.
3871
3872@c ================================================================
3873@node Regular Map Sections, Common Parameters, The Global Section, Amd Configuration File
3874@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
3875@section Regular Map Sections
3876@cindex amd.conf regular map sections
3877
3878Parameters in regular (non-global) sections apply to a single map entry.
3879For example, if the map section @samp{[/homes]} is defined, then all
3880parameters following it will be applied to the @file{/homes}
3881@i{Amd}-managed mount point.
3882
3883@c ================================================================
3884@node Common Parameters, Global Parameters, Regular Map Sections, Amd Configuration File
3885@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
3886@section Common Parameters
3887@cindex amd.conf common parameters
3888
3889These parameters can be specified either in the global or a map-specific
3890section.  Entries specified in a map-specific section override the default
3891value or one defined in the global section.   If such a common parameter is
3892specified only in the global section, it is applicable to all regular map
3893sections that follow.
3894
3895@menu
3896* browsable_dirs Parameter::
3897* map_options Parameter::
3898* map_type Parameter::
3899* mount_type Parameter::
3900* search_path Parameter::
3901@end menu
3902
3903@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
3904@node browsable_dirs Parameter, map_options Parameter, Common Parameters, Common Parameters
3905@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
3906@subsection @t{browsable_dirs} Parameter
3907@cindex browsable_dirs Parameter
3908
3909(type=string, default=@samp{no}).  If @samp{yes}, then @i{Amd}'s top-level
3910mount points will be browsable to @b{readdir}(3) calls.  This means you
3911could run for example @b{ls}(1) and see what keys are available to mount
3912in that directory.  Not all entries are made visible to @b{readdir}(3):
3913the @samp{/defaults} entry, wildcard entries, and those with a @file{/}
3914in them are not included.  If you specify @samp{full} to this option,
3915all but the @samp{/defaults} entry will be visible.  Note that if you run
3916a command which will attempt to @b{stat}(2) the entries, such as often
3917done by @samp{ls -l} or @samp{ls -F}, @i{Amd} will attempt to mount
3918@i{every} entry in that map.  This is often called a ``mount storm''.
3919
3920@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
3921@node map_options Parameter, map_type Parameter, browsable_dirs Parameter, Common Parameters
3922@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
3923@subsection @t{map_options} Parameter
3924@cindex map_options Parameter
3925
3926(type=string, default no options).  This option is the same as
3927specifying map options on the command line to @i{Amd}, such as
3928@samp{cache:=all}.
3929
3930@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
3931@node map_type Parameter, mount_type Parameter, map_options Parameter, Common Parameters
3932@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
3933@subsection @t{map_type} Parameter
3934@cindex map_type Parameter
3935
3936(type=string, default search all map types).  If specified, @i{Amd} will
3937initialize the map only for the type given.  This is useful to avoid the
3938default map search type used by @i{Amd} which takes longer and can have
3939undesired side-effects such as initializing NIS even if not used.
3940Possible values are
3941
3942@table @samp
3943@item file
3944plain files
3945@item hesiod
3946Hesiod name service from MIT
3947@item ldap
3948Lightweight Directory Access Protocol
3949@item ndbm
3950(New) dbm style hash files
3951@item nis
3952Network Information Services (version 2)
3953@item nisplus
3954Network Information Services Plus (version 3)
3955@item passwd
3956local password files
3957@item union
3958union maps
3959@end table
3960
3961@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
3962@node mount_type Parameter, search_path Parameter, map_type Parameter, Common Parameters
3963@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
3964@subsection @t{mount_type} Parameter
3965@cindex mount_type Parameter
3966
3967(type=string, default=@samp{nfs}).  All @i{Amd} mount types default to NFS.
3968That is, @i{Amd} is an NFS server on the map mount points, for the local
3969host it is running on.  If @samp{autofs} is specified, @i{Amd} will be
3970an autofs server for those mount points.
3971
3972@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
3973@node search_path Parameter, , mount_type Parameter, Common Parameters
3974@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
3975@subsection @t{search_path} Parameter
3976@cindex search_path Parameter
3977
3978(type=string, default no search path).  This provides a
3979(colon-delimited) search path for file maps.  Using a search path,
3980sites can allow for local map customizations and overrides, and can
3981distributed maps in several locations as needed.
3982
3983@c ================================================================
3984@node Global Parameters, Regular Map Parameters, Common Parameters, Amd Configuration File
3985@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
3986@section Global Parameters
3987@cindex amd.conf global parameters
3988
3989The following parameters are applicable to the @samp{[global]} section only.
3990
3991@menu
3992* arch Parameter::    
3993* auto_dir Parameter::
3994* cache_duration Parameter::
3995* cluster Parameter:: 
3996* debug_options Parameter::
3997* dismount_interval Parameter::
3998* fully_qualified_hosts Parameter::
3999* hesiod_base Parameter::   
4000* karch Parameter::   
4001* ldap_base Parameter::
4002* ldap_cache_maxmem Parameter::
4003* ldap_cache_seconds Parameter::
4004* ldap_hostports Parameter::
4005* local_domain Parameter::
4006* log_file Parameter::
4007* log_options Parameter::
4008* nfs_retransmit_counter Parameter::
4009* nfs_retry_interval Parameter::
4010* nis_domain Parameter::
4011* normalize_hostnames Parameter::
4012* os Parameter::      
4013* osver Parameter::   
4014* pid_file Parameter::
4015* plock Parameter::   
4016* portmap_program Parameter::
4017* print_pid Parameter::
4018* print_version Parameter::
4019* restart_mounts Parameter::
4020* selectors_on_default Parameter::
4021* show_statfs_entries Parameter::
4022* unmount_on_exit Parameter::
4023@end menu
4024
4025@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4026@node arch Parameter, auto_dir Parameter, Global Parameters, Global Parameters
4027@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4028@subsection @t{arch} Parameter
4029@cindex arch Parameter
4030
4031(type=string, default to compiled in value).  Allows you to override the
4032value of the @i{arch} @i{Amd} variable.
4033
4034@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4035@node auto_dir Parameter, cache_duration Parameter, arch Parameter, Global Parameters
4036@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4037@subsection @t{auto_dir} Parameter
4038@cindex auto_dir Parameter
4039
4040(type=string, default=@samp{/a}).  Same as the @code{-a} option to @i{Amd}.
4041This sets the private directory where @i{Amd} will create
4042sub-directories for its real mount points.
4043
4044@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4045@node cache_duration Parameter, cluster Parameter, auto_dir Parameter, Global Parameters
4046@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4047@subsection @t{cache_duration} Parameter
4048@cindex cache_duration Parameter
4049
4050(type=numeric, default=300).  Same as the @code{-c} option to
4051@i{Amd}.  Sets the duration in seconds that looked up map entries remain
4052in the cache.
4053
4054@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4055@node cluster Parameter, debug_options Parameter, cache_duration Parameter, Global Parameters
4056@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4057@subsection @t{cluster} Parameter
4058@cindex cluster Parameter
4059
4060(type=string, default no cluster).  Same as the @code{-C} option to
4061@i{Amd}.  Specifies the alternate HP-UX cluster to use.
4062
4063@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4064@node debug_options Parameter, dismount_interval Parameter, cluster Parameter, Global Parameters
4065@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4066@subsection @t{debug_options} Parameter
4067@cindex debug_options Parameter
4068
4069(type=string, default no debug options).  Same as the @code{-D}
4070option to @i{Amd}.  Specify any debugging options for @i{Amd}.  Works
4071only if am-utils was configured for debugging using the
4072@code{--enable-debug} option.  The @samp{mem} option alone can be turned
4073on via @code{--enable-debug=mem}.  Otherwise debugging options are
4074ignored.  Options are comma delimited, and can be preceded by the string
4075@samp{no} to negate their meaning.  You can get the list of supported
4076debugging options by running @code{amd -v}.  Possible values are:
4077
4078@table @samp
4079@item all
4080all options
4081@item amq
4082register for amq
4083@item daemon
4084enter daemon mode
4085@item fork
4086fork server
4087@item full
4088program trace
4089@item mem
4090trace memory allocations
4091@item mtab
4092use local @file{./mtab} file
4093@item str
4094debug string munging
4095@item test
4096full debug but no daemon
4097@item trace
4098protocol trace
4099@end table
4100
4101@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4102@node dismount_interval Parameter, fully_qualified_hosts Parameter, debug_options Parameter, Global Parameters
4103@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4104@subsection @t{dismount_interval} Parameter
4105@cindex dismount_interval Parameter
4106
4107(type=numeric, default=120).  Same as the @code{-w} option to
4108@i{Amd}.  Specify in seconds, the time between attempts to dismount file
4109systems that have exceeded their cached times.
4110
4111@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4112@node fully_qualified_hosts Parameter, hesiod_base Parameter, dismount_interval Parameter, Global Parameters
4113@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4114@subsection @t{fully_qualified_hosts} Parameter
4115@cindex fully_qualified_hosts Parameter
4116
4117(type=string, default=@samp{no}).  If @samp{yes}, @i{Amd} will perform RPC
4118authentication using fully-qualified host names.  This is necessary for
4119some systems, and especially when performing cross-domain mounting.  For
4120this function to work, the @i{Amd} variable @samp{$@{hostd@}} is used,
4121requiring that @samp{$@{domain@}} not be null.
4122
4123@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4124@node hesiod_base Parameter, karch Parameter, fully_qualified_hosts Parameter, Global Parameters
4125@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4126@subsection @t{hesiod_base} Parameter
4127@cindex hesiod_base Parameter
4128
4129(type=string, default=@samp{automount}).  Specify the base name for
4130hesiod maps.
4131
4132@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4133@node karch Parameter, ldap_base Parameter, hesiod_base Parameter, Global Parameters
4134@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4135@subsection @t{karch} Parameter
4136@cindex karch Parameter
4137
4138(type=string, default to karch of the system).  Same as the @code{-k}
4139option to @i{Amd}.  Allows you to override the kernel-architecture of
4140your system.  Useful for example on Sun (Sparc) machines, where you can
4141build one @i{Amd} binary, and run it on multiple machines, yet you want
4142each one to get the correct @i{karch} variable set (for example, sun4c,
4143sun4m, sun4u, etc.)  Note that if not specified, @i{Amd} will use
4144@b{uname}(2) to figure out the kernel architecture of the machine.
4145
4146@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4147@node ldap_base Parameter, ldap_cache_maxmem Parameter, karch Parameter, Global Parameters
4148@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4149@subsection @t{ldap_base} Parameter
4150@cindex ldap_base Parameter
4151
4152(type=string, default not set).  Specify the base name for
4153LDAP.
4154
4155@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4156@node ldap_cache_maxmem Parameter, ldap_cache_seconds Parameter, ldap_base Parameter, Global Parameters
4157@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4158@subsection @t{ldap_cache_maxmem} Parameter
4159@cindex ldap_cache_maxmem Parameter
4160
4161(type=numeric, default=131072).  Specify the maximum memory @i{Amd}
4162should use to cache LDAP entries.
4163
4164@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4165@node ldap_cache_seconds Parameter, ldap_hostports Parameter, ldap_cache_maxmem Parameter, Global Parameters
4166@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4167@subsection @t{ldap_cache_seconds} Parameter
4168@cindex ldap_cache_seconds Parameter
4169
4170(type=numeric, default=0).  Specify the number of seconds to keep
4171entries in the cache.
4172
4173@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4174@node ldap_hostports Parameter, local_domain Parameter, ldap_cache_seconds Parameter, Global Parameters
4175@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4176@subsection @t{ldap_hostports} Parameter
4177@cindex ldap_hostports Parameter
4178
4179(type=string, default not set).  Specify
4180LDAP-specific values such as country and organization.
4181
4182@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4183@node local_domain Parameter, log_file Parameter, ldap_hostports Parameter, Global Parameters
4184@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4185@subsection @t{local_domain} Parameter
4186@cindex local_domain Parameter
4187
4188(type=string, default no sub-domain).  Same as the @code{-d} option
4189to @i{Amd}.  Specify the local domain name.  If this option is not given
4190the domain name is determined from the hostname, by removing the first
4191component of the fully-qualified host name.
4192
4193@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4194@node log_file Parameter, log_options Parameter, local_domain Parameter, Global Parameters
4195@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4196@subsection @t{log_file} Parameter
4197@cindex log_file Parameter
4198
4199(type=string, default=@samp{stderr}).  Same as the @code{-l} option to
4200@i{Amd}.  Specify a file name to log @i{Amd} events to.
4201If the string @samp{/dev/stderr} is specified,
4202@i{Amd} will send its events to the standard error file descriptor.
4203
4204If the string @samp{syslog} is given, @i{Amd} will record its events
4205with the system logger @b{syslogd}(8).  If your system supports syslog
4206facilities, then the default facility used is @samp{LOG_DAEMON}.
4207
4208When using syslog, if you wish to change the facility, append its name
4209to the option name, delimited by a single colon.  For example, if it is
4210the string @samp{syslog:local7} then @i{Amd} will log messages via
4211@b{syslog}(3) using the @samp{LOG_LOCAL7} facility.  If the facility
4212name specified is not recognized, @i{Amd} will default to @samp{LOG_DAEMON}.
4213Note: while you can use any syslog facility available on your system, it
4214is generally a bad idea to use those reserved for other services such as
4215@samp{kern}, @samp{lpr}, @samp{cron}, etc.
4216
4217@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4218@node log_options Parameter, nfs_retransmit_counter Parameter, log_file Parameter, Global Parameters
4219@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4220@subsection @t{log_options} Parameter
4221@cindex log_options Parameter
4222
4223(type=string, default no logging options).  Same as the @code{-x}
4224option to @i{Amd}.  Specify any logging options for @i{Amd}.  Options
4225are comma delimited, and can be preceded by the string @samp{no} to
4226negate their meaning.  The @samp{debug} logging option is only available
4227if am-utils was configured with @code{--enable-debug}.  You can get the
4228list of supported debugging options by running @code{amd -v}.  Possible
4229values are:
4230
4231@table @samp
4232@item all
4233all messages
4234@item debug
4235debug messages
4236@item error
4237non-fatal system errors
4238@item fatal
4239fatal errors
4240@item info
4241information
4242@item map
4243map errors
4244@item stats
4245additional statistical information
4246@item user
4247non-fatal user errors
4248@item warn
4249warnings
4250@item warning
4251warnings
4252@end table
4253
4254@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4255@node nfs_retransmit_counter Parameter, nfs_retry_interval Parameter, log_options Parameter, Global Parameters
4256@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4257@subsection @t{nfs_retransmit_counter} Parameter
4258@cindex nfs_retransmit_counter Parameter
4259
4260(type=numeric, default=110).  Same as the @i{counter} part of the
4261@code{-t} @i{interval.counter} option to @i{Amd}.  Specifies the
4262retransmit counter's value in @emph{tenths} of seconds.
4263
4264@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4265@node nfs_retry_interval Parameter, nis_domain Parameter, nfs_retransmit_counter Parameter, Global Parameters
4266@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4267@subsection @t{nfs_retry_interval} Parameter
4268@cindex nfs_retry_interval Parameter
4269
4270(type=numeric, default=8).  Same as the @i{interval} part of the
4271@code{-t} @i{interval.counter} option to @i{Amd}.  Specifies the
4272interval in @emph{tenths} of seconds, between NFS/RPC/UDP retries.
4273
4274@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4275@node nis_domain Parameter, normalize_hostnames Parameter, nfs_retry_interval Parameter, Global Parameters
4276@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4277@subsection @t{nis_domain} Parameter
4278@cindex nis_domain Parameter
4279
4280(type=string, default to local NIS domain name).  Same as the
4281@code{-y} option to @i{Amd}.  Specify an alternative NIS domain from
4282which to fetch the NIS maps.  The default is the system domain name.
4283This option is ignored if NIS support is not available.
4284
4285@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4286@node normalize_hostnames Parameter, os Parameter, nis_domain Parameter, Global Parameters
4287@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4288@subsection @t{normalize_hostnames} Parameter
4289@cindex normalize_hostnames Parameter
4290
4291(type=boolean, default=@samp{no}).  Same as the @code{-n} option to @i{Amd}.
4292If @samp{yes}, then the name referred to by @code{$@{rhost@}} is normalized
4293relative to the host database before being used.  The effect is to
4294translate aliases into ``official'' names.
4295
4296@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4297@node os Parameter, osver Parameter, normalize_hostnames Parameter, Global Parameters
4298@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4299@subsection @t{os} Parameter
4300@cindex os Parameter
4301
4302(type=string, default to compiled in value).  Same as the @code{-O}
4303option to @i{Amd}.  Allows you to override the compiled-in name of the
4304operating system.  Useful when the built-in name is not desired for
4305backward compatibility reasons.  For example, if the built-in name is
4306@samp{sunos5}, you can override it to @samp{sos5}, and use older maps
4307which were written with the latter in mind.
4308
4309@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4310@node osver Parameter, pid_file Parameter, os Parameter, Global Parameters
4311@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4312@subsection @t{osver} Parameter
4313@cindex osver Parameter
4314
4315(type=string, default to compiled in value).  Same as the @code{-o}
4316option to @i{Amd}.  Allows you to override the compiled-in version
4317number of the operating system.  Useful when the built-in version is not
4318desired for backward compatibility reasons.  For example, if the build
4319in version is @samp{2.5.1}, you can override it to @samp{5.5.1}, and use
4320older maps that were written with the latter in mind.
4321
4322@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4323@node pid_file Parameter, plock Parameter, osver Parameter, Global Parameters
4324@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4325@subsection @t{pid_file} Parameter
4326@cindex pid_file Parameter
4327
4328(type=string, default=@samp{/dev/stdout}).  Specify a file to store the process
4329ID of the running daemon into.  If not specified, @i{Amd} will print its
4330process id onto the standard output.  Useful for killing @i{Amd} after
4331it had run.  Note that the PID of a running @i{Amd} can also be
4332retrieved via @i{Amq} (@pxref{Amq -p option}).
4333
4334This file is used only if the @samp{print_pid} option is on
4335(@pxref{print_pid Parameter}).
4336
4337@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4338@node plock Parameter, portmap_program Parameter, pid_file Parameter, Global Parameters
4339@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4340@subsection @t{plock} Parameter
4341@cindex plock Parameter
4342
4343(type=boolean, default=@samp{yes}).  Same as the @code{-S} option to @i{Amd}.
4344If @samp{yes}, lock the running executable pages of @i{Amd} into memory.
4345To improve @i{Amd}'s performance, systems that support the @b{plock}(3)
4346call can lock the @i{Amd} process into memory.  This way there is less
4347chance the operating system will schedule, page out, and swap the
4348@i{Amd} process as needed.  This improves @i{Amd}'s performance, at the
4349cost of reserving the memory used by the @i{Amd} process (making it
4350unavailable for other processes).
4351
4352@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4353@node portmap_program Parameter, print_pid Parameter, plock Parameter, Global Parameters
4354@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4355@subsection @t{portmap_program} Parameter
4356@cindex portmap_program Parameter
4357
4358(type=numeric, default=300019).  Specify an alternate Port-mapper RPC
4359program number, other than the official number.  This is useful when
4360running multiple @i{Amd} processes.  For example, you can run another
4361@i{Amd} in ``test'' mode, without affecting the primary @i{Amd} process
4362in any way.  For safety reasons, the alternate program numbers that can
4363be specified must be in the range 300019-300029, inclusive.  @i{Amq} has
4364an option @code{-P} which can be used to specify an alternate program
4365number of an @i{Amd} to contact.  In this way, amq can fully control any
4366number of @i{Amd} processes running on the same host.
4367
4368@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4369@node print_pid Parameter, print_version Parameter, portmap_program Parameter, Global Parameters
4370@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4371@subsection @t{print_pid} Parameter
4372@cindex print_pid Parameter
4373
4374(type=boolean, default=@samp{no}).  Same as the @code{-p} option to @i{Amd}.
4375If @samp{yes}, @i{Amd} will print its process ID upon starting.
4376
4377@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4378@node print_version Parameter, restart_mounts Parameter, print_pid Parameter, Global Parameters
4379@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4380@subsection @t{print_version} Parameter
4381@cindex print_version Parameter
4382
4383(type=boolean, default=@samp{no}).  Same as the @code{-v} option to @i{Amd},
4384but the version prints and @i{Amd} continues to run.  If @samp{yes}, @i{Amd}
4385will print its version information string, which includes some
4386configuration and compilation values.
4387
4388@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4389@node restart_mounts Parameter, selectors_on_default Parameter, print_version Parameter, Global Parameters
4390@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4391@subsection @t{restart_mounts} Parameter
4392@cindex restart_mounts Parameter
4393
4394(type=boolean, default=@samp{no}).  Same as the @code{-r} option to @i{Amd}.
4395If @samp{yes} @i{Amd} will scan the mount table to determine which file
4396systems are currently mounted.  Whenever one of these would have been
4397auto-mounted, @i{Amd} inherits it.
4398
4399@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4400@node selectors_on_default Parameter, show_statfs_entries Parameter, restart_mounts Parameter, Global Parameters
4401@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4402@subsection @t{selectors_on_default} Parameter
4403@cindex selectors_on_default Parameter
4404
4405(type=boolean, default=@samp{no}).  If @samp{yes}, then the @samp{/defaults} entry of
4406maps will be looked for and any selectors processed before setting defaults
4407for all other keys in that map.  Useful when you want to set different
4408options for a complete map based on some parameters.  For example, you
4409may want to better the NFS performance over slow slip-based networks as
4410follows:
4411
4412@example
4413/defaults \
4414    wire==slip-net;opts:=intr,rsize=1024,wsize=1024 \
4415    wire!=slip-net;opts:=intr,rsize=8192,wsize=8192
4416@end example
4417
4418@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4419@node show_statfs_entries Parameter, unmount_on_exit Parameter , selectors_on_default Parameter, Global Parameters
4420@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4421@subsection @t{show_statfs_entries} Parameter
4422@cindex show_statfs_entries Parameter
4423
4424(type=boolean), default=@samp{no}).  If @samp{yes}, then all maps which are
4425browsable will also show the number of entries (keys) they have when
4426@b{df}(1) runs. (This is accomplished by returning non-zero values to
4427the @b{statfs}(2) system call).
4428
4429@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4430@node unmount_on_exit Parameter, , show_statfs_entries Parameter, Global Parameters
4431@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4432@subsection @t{unmount_on_exit} Parameter
4433@cindex unmount_on_exit Parameter
4434
4435(type=boolean), default=@samp{no}).  If @samp{yes}, then @i{Amd} will attempt
4436to unmount all file systems which it knows about.  Normally it leaves
4437all (esp. NFS) mounted file systems intact.  Note that @i{Amd} does not
4438know about file systems mounted before it starts up, unless the
4439@samp{restart_mounts} option is used (@pxref{restart_mounts Parameter}).
4440
4441@c ================================================================
4442@node Regular Map Parameters, amd.conf Examples, Global Parameters, Amd Configuration File
4443@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4444@section Regular Map Parameters
4445@cindex amd.conf regular map parameters
4446
4447The following parameters are applicable only to regular map sections.
4448
4449@menu
4450* map_name Parameter::
4451* tag Parameter::     
4452@end menu
4453
4454@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4455@node map_name Parameter, tag Parameter, Regular Map Parameters, Regular Map Parameters
4456@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4457@subsection map_name Parameter
4458@cindex map_name Parameter
4459
4460(type=string, must be specified).  Name of the map where the keys are
4461located.
4462
4463@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4464@node tag Parameter, , map_name Parameter, Regular Map Parameters
4465@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4466@subsection tag Parameter
4467@cindex tag Parameter
4468
4469(type=string, default no tag).  Each map entry in the configuration file
4470can be tagged.  If no tag is specified, that map section will always be
4471processed by @i{Amd}.  If it is specified, then @i{Amd} will process the map
4472if the @code{-T} option was given to @i{Amd}, and the value given to that
4473command-line option matches that in the map section.
4474
4475@c ================================================================
4476@node amd.conf Examples, , Regular Map Parameters, Amd Configuration File
4477@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4478@section amd.conf Examples
4479@cindex amd.conf examples
4480
4481The following is the actual @code{amd.conf} file I use at the
4482Computer Science Department of Columbia University.
4483
4484@example
4485# GLOBAL OPTIONS SECTION
4486[ global ]
4487normalize_hostnames =    no
4488print_pid =              no
4489#pid_file =              /var/run/amd.pid
4490restart_mounts =         yes
4491#unmount_on_exit =       yes
4492auto_dir =               /n
4493log_file =               /var/log/amd
4494log_options =            all
4495#debug_options =         all
4496plock =                  no
4497selectors_on_default =   yes
4498# config.guess picks up "sunos5" and I don't want to edit my maps yet
4499os =                     sos5
4500# if you print_version after setting up "os", it will show it.
4501print_version =          no
4502map_type =               file
4503search_path =            /etc/amdmaps:/usr/lib/amd:/usr/local/AMD/lib
4504browsable_dirs =         yes
4505fully_qualified_hosts =  no
4506
4507# DEFINE AN AMD MOUNT POINT
4508[ /u ]
4509map_name =               amd.u
4510                         
4511[ /proj ]                
4512map_name =               amd.proj
4513                         
4514[ /src ]                 
4515map_name =               amd.src
4516                         
4517[ /misc ]                
4518map_name =               amd.misc
4519                         
4520[ /import ]              
4521map_name =               amd.import
4522                         
4523[ /tftpboot/.amd ]       
4524tag =                    tftpboot
4525map_name =               amd.tftpboot
4526@end example
4527
4528@c ################################################################
4529@node Run-time Administration, FSinfo, Amd Configuration File, Top
4530@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4531@chapter Run-time Administration
4532@cindex Run-time administration
4533@cindex Amq command
4534
4535@menu
4536* Starting Amd::
4537* Stopping Amd::
4538* Restarting Amd::
4539* Controlling Amd::
4540@end menu
4541
4542@node Starting Amd, Stopping Amd, Run-time Administration, Run-time Administration
4543@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4544@section Starting @i{Amd}
4545@cindex Starting Amd
4546@cindex Additions to /etc/rc.local
4547@cindex /etc/rc.local additions
4548@cindex ctl-amd
4549
4550@i{Amd} is best started from @samp{/etc/rc.local} on BSD systems, or
4551from the appropriate start-level script in @samp{/etc/init.d} on System V
4552systems.
4553
4554@example
4555if [ -f /usr/local/sbin/ctl-amd ]; then
4556    /usr/local/sbin/ctl-amd start; (echo -n ' amd') > /dev/console
4557fi
4558@end example
4559
4560@noindent
4561The shell script, @samp{ctl-amd} is used to start, stop, or restart
4562@i{Amd}.  It is a relatively generic script.  All options you want to
4563set should not be made in this script, but rather updated in the
4564@file{amd.conf} file. @xref{Amd Configuration File}.
4565
4566If you do not wish to use an @i{Amd} configuration file, you may start
4567@i{Amd} manually.  For example, getting the map entries via NIS:
4568
4569@example
4570amd -r -l /var/log/amd `ypcat -k auto.master`
4571@end example
4572
4573@node Stopping Amd, Restarting Amd, Starting Amd, Run-time Administration
4574@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4575@section Stopping @i{Amd}
4576@cindex Stopping Amd
4577@cindex SIGTERM signal
4578@cindex SIGINT signal
4579
4580@i{Amd} stops in response to two signals.
4581
4582@table @samp
4583@item SIGTERM
4584causes the top-level automount points to be unmounted and then @i{Amd}
4585to exit.  Any automounted filesystems are left mounted.  They can be
4586recovered by restarting @i{Amd} with the @code{-r} command line option.@refill
4587
4588@item SIGINT
4589causes @i{Amd} to attempt to unmount any filesystems which it has
4590automounted, in addition to the actions of @samp{SIGTERM}.  This signal
4591is primarily used for debugging.@refill
4592@end table
4593
4594Actions taken for other signals are undefined.
4595
4596The easiest and safest way to stop @i{Amd}, without having to find its
4597process ID by hand, is to use the @file{ctl-amd} script, as with:
4598
4599@example
4600ctl-amd stop
4601@end example
4602
4603@node Restarting Amd, Controlling Amd, Stopping Amd, Run-time Administration
4604@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4605@section Restarting @i{Amd}
4606@cindex Restarting Amd
4607@cindex Killing and starting Amd
4608
4609Before @i{Amd} can be started, it is vital to ensure that no other
4610@i{Amd} processes are managing any of the mount points, and that the
4611previous process(es) have terminated cleanly.  When a terminating signal
4612is set to @i{Amd}, the automounter does @emph{not} terminate right then.
4613Rather, it starts by unmounting all of its managed mount mounts in the
4614background, and then terminates.  It usually takes a few seconds for
4615this process to happen, but it can take an arbitrarily longer time.  If
4616two or more @i{Amd} processes attempt to manage the same mount point, it
4617usually will result in a system lockup.
4618
4619The easiest and safest way to restart @i{Amd}, without having to find
4620its process ID by hand, sending it the @samp{SIGTERM} signal, waiting for @i{Amd}
4621to die cleanly, and verifying so, is to use the @file{ctl-amd} script,
4622as with:
4623
4624@example
4625ctl-amd restart
4626@end example
4627
4628The script will locate the process ID of @i{Amd}, kill it, and wait for
4629it to die cleanly before starting a new instance of the automounter.
4630@file{ctl-amd} will wait for a total of 30 seconds for @i{Amd} to die,
4631and will check once every 5 seconds if it had.
4632
4633@node Controlling Amd, , Restarting Amd, Run-time Administration
4634@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4635@section Controlling @i{Amd}
4636@cindex Controlling Amd
4637@cindex Discovering what is going on at run-time
4638@cindex Listing currently mounted filesystems
4639
4640It is sometimes desirable or necessary to exercise external control
4641over some of @i{Amd}'s internal state.  To support this requirement,
4642@i{Amd} implements an RPC interface which is used by the @dfn{Amq} program.
4643A variety of information is available.
4644
4645@i{Amq} generally applies an operation, specified by a single letter option,
4646to a list of mount points.  The default operation is to obtain statistics
4647about each mount point.  This is similar to the output shown above
4648but includes information about the number and type of accesses to each
4649mount point.
4650
4651@menu
4652* Amq default::       Default command behavior.
4653* Amq -f option::     Flushing the map cache.
4654* Amq -h option::     Controlling a non-local host.
4655* Amq -l option::     Controlling the log file.
4656* Amq -m option::     Obtaining mount statistics.
4657* Amq -M-option::     Mounting a volume.
4658* Amq -p option::     Getting Amd's process ID.
4659* Amq -P-option::     Contacting alternate Amd processes.
4660* Amq -s option::     Obtaining global statistics.
4661* Amq -T option::     Use TCP transport.
4662* Amq -U-option::     Use UDP transport.
4663* Amq -u option::     Forcing volumes to time out.
4664* Amq -v option::     Version information.
4665* Other Amq options:: Three other special options.
4666@end menu
4667
4668@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4669@node Amq default, Amq -f option, Controlling Amd, Controlling Amd
4670@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4671@subsection @i{Amq} default information
4672
4673With no arguments, @dfn{Amq} obtains a brief list of all existing
4674mounts created by @i{Amd}.  This is different from the list displayed by
4675@b{df}(1) since the latter only includes system mount points.
4676
4677@noindent
4678The output from this option includes the following information:
4679
4680@itemize @bullet
4681@item
4682the automount point,
4683@item
4684the filesystem type,
4685@item
4686the mount map or mount information,
4687@item
4688the internal, or system mount point.
4689@end itemize
4690
4691@noindent
4692For example:
4693
4694@example
4695/            root   "root"                    sky:(pid75)
4696/homes       toplvl /usr/local/etc/amd.homes  /homes
4697/home        toplvl /usr/local/etc/amd.home   /home
4698/homes/jsp   nfs    charm:/home/charm         /a/charm/home/charm/jsp
4699/homes/phjk  nfs    toytown:/home/toytown     /a/toytown/home/toytown/ai/phjk
4700@end example
4701
4702@noindent
4703If an argument is given then statistics for that volume name will
4704be output.  For example:
4705
4706@example
4707What         Uid   Getattr Lookup RdDir   RdLnk   Statfs Mounted@@
4708/homes       0     1196    512    22      0       30     90/09/14 12:32:55
4709/homes/jsp   0     0       0      0       1180    0      90/10/13 12:56:58
4710@end example
4711
4712@table @code
4713@item What
4714the volume name.
4715
4716@item Uid
4717ignored.
4718
4719@item Getattr
4720the count of NFS @dfn{getattr} requests on this node.  This should only be
4721non-zero for directory nodes.
4722
4723@item Lookup
4724the count of NFS @dfn{lookup} requests on this node.  This should only be
4725non-zero for directory nodes.
4726
4727@item RdDir
4728the count of NFS @dfn{readdir} requests on this node.  This should only
4729be non-zero for directory nodes.
4730
4731@item RdLnk
4732the count of NFS @dfn{readlink} requests on this node.  This should be
4733zero for directory nodes.
4734
4735@item Statfs
4736the count of NFS @dfn{statfs} requests on this node.  This should only
4737be non-zero for top-level automount points.
4738
4739@item Mounted@@
4740the date and time the volume name was first referenced.
4741@end table
4742
4743@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4744@node Amq -f option, Amq -h option, Amq default, Controlling Amd
4745@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4746@subsection @i{Amq} @code{-f} option
4747@cindex Flushing the map cache
4748@cindex Map cache, flushing
4749
4750The @code{-f} option causes @i{Amd} to flush the internal mount map cache.
4751This is useful for example in Hesiod maps since @i{Amd} will not
4752automatically notice when they have been updated.  The map cache can
4753also be synchronized with the map source by using the @samp{sync} option
4754(@pxref{Automount Filesystem}).@refill
4755
4756@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4757@node Amq -l option, Amq -m option, Amq -h option, Controlling Amd
4758@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4759@subsection @i{Amq} @code{-l} option
4760@cindex Resetting the Amd log file
4761@cindex Setting the Amd log file via Amq
4762@cindex Log file, resetting
4763
4764Tell @i{Amd} to use @i{log_file} as the log file name.  For security
4765reasons, this @emph{must} be the same log file which @i{Amd} used when
4766started.  This option is therefore only useful to refresh @i{Amd}'s open
4767file handle on the log file, so that it can be rotated and compressed
4768via daily cron jobs.
4769
4770@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4771@node Amq -h option, Amq -l option, Amq -f option, Controlling Amd
4772@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4773@subsection @i{Amq} @code{-h} option
4774@cindex Querying an alternate host
4775
4776By default the local host is used.  In an HP-UX cluster the root server
4777is used since that is the only place in the cluster where @i{Amd} will
4778be running.  To query @i{Amd} on another host the @code{-h} option should
4779be used.
4780
4781@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4782@node Amq -m option, Amq -M-option, Amq -l option, Controlling Amd
4783@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4784@subsection @i{Amq} @code{-m} option
4785
4786The @code{-m} option displays similar information about mounted
4787filesystems, rather than automount points.  The output includes the
4788following information:
4789
4790@itemize @bullet
4791@item
4792the mount information,
4793@item
4794the mount point,
4795@item
4796the filesystem type,
4797@item
4798the number of references to this filesystem,
4799@item
4800the server hostname,
4801@item
4802the state of the file server,
4803@item
4804any error which has occurred.
4805@end itemize
4806
4807For example:
4808
4809@example
4810"root"           truth:(pid602)     root   1 localhost is up
4811hesiod.home      /home              toplvl 1 localhost is up
4812hesiod.vol       /vol               toplvl 1 localhost is up
4813hesiod.homes     /homes             toplvl 1 localhost is up
4814amy:/home/amy    /a/amy/home/amy    nfs    5 amy is up
4815swan:/home/swan  /a/swan/home/swan  nfs    0 swan is up (Permission denied)
4816ex:/home/ex      /a/ex/home/ex      nfs    0 ex is down
4817@end example
4818
4819When the reference count is zero the filesystem is not mounted but
4820the mount point and server information is still being maintained
4821by @i{Amd}.
4822
4823@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4824@node Amq -M-option, Amq -p option, Amq -m option, Controlling Amd
4825@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4826@subsection @i{Amq} @code{-M} option
4827
4828The @code{-M} option passes a new map entry to @i{Amd} and waits for it to
4829be evaluated, possibly causing a mount.  For example, the following
4830command would cause @samp{/home/toytown} on host @samp{toytown} to be
4831mounted locally on @samp{/mnt/toytown}.
4832
4833@example
4834amq -M '/mnt/toytown type:=nfs;rfs:=/home/toytown;rhost:=toytown;fs:=$@{key@}'
4835@end example
4836
4837@i{Amd} applies some simple security checks before allowing this
4838operation.  The check tests whether the incoming request is from a
4839privileged UDP port on the local machine.  ``Permission denied'' is
4840returned if the check fails.
4841
4842This option is very insecure as it is vulnerable to attacks such as IP
4843Spoofing.  In other words, it is relatively easy for an attacker who
4844really wants to, to make your @i{Amd} process mount any filesystem from
4845the Internet!  Therefore, the @emph{complete} code which supports the
4846@code{-M} option in @i{Amd} and @i{Amq} is turned off by default.  To turn
4847it on, you have to reconfigure am-utils with @code{configure
4848--enable-amq-mount}.  Think twice before doing so, and use this option
4849only if you absolutely need to.
4850
4851A future release of @i{Amd} will include code to allow the @b{mount}(8)
4852command to mount automount points:
4853
4854@example
4855mount -t amd /vol hesiod.vol
4856@end example
4857
4858This will then allow @i{Amd} to be controlled from the standard system
4859filesystem mount list.
4860
4861@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4862@node Amq -p option, Amq -P-option, Amq -M-option, Controlling Amd
4863@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4864@subsection @i{Amq} @code{-p} option
4865@cindex Process ID; Amd
4866@cindex Amd's process ID
4867@cindex Amd's PID
4868@cindex PID; Amd
4869
4870Return the process ID of the remote or locally running @i{Amd}.  Useful
4871when you need to send a signal to the local @i{Amd} process, and would
4872rather not have to search through the process table.  This option is
4873used in the @file{ctl-amd} script.
4874
4875@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4876@node Amq -P-option, Amq -s option, Amq -p option, Controlling Amd
4877@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4878@subsection @i{Amq} @code{-P} option
4879@cindex Multiple Amd processes
4880@cindex Running multiple Amd
4881@cindex Debugging a new Amd configuration
4882@cindex RPC Program numbers; Amd
4883
4884Contact an alternate running @i{Amd} that had registered itself on a
4885different RPC @var{program_number} and apply all other operations to
4886that instance of the automounter.  This is useful when you run multiple
4887copies of @i{Amd}, and need to manage each one separately.  If not
4888specified, @i{Amq} will use the default program number for @i{Amd}, 300019.
4889For security reasons, the only alternate program numbers @i{Amd} can use
4890range from 300019 to 300029, inclusive.
4891
4892For example, to kill an alternate running @i{Amd}:
4893
4894@example
4895kill `amq -p -P 300020`
4896@end example
4897
4898@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4899@node Amq -s option, Amq -T option, Amq -P-option, Controlling Amd
4900@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4901@subsection @i{Amq} @code{-s} option
4902@cindex Global statistics
4903@cindex Statistics
4904
4905The @code{-s} option displays global statistics.  If any other options are specified
4906or any filesystems named then this option is ignored.  For example:
4907
4908@example
4909requests  stale     mount     mount     unmount
4910deferred  fhandles  ok        failed    failed
49111054      1         487       290       7017
4912@end example
4913
4914@table @samp
4915@item Deferred requests
4916are those for which an immediate reply could not be constructed.  For
4917example, this would happen if a background mount was required.
4918
4919@item Stale filehandles
4920counts the number of times the kernel passes a stale filehandle to @i{Amd}.
4921Large numbers indicate problems.
4922
4923@item Mount ok
4924counts the number of automounts which were successful.
4925
4926@item Mount failed
4927counts the number of automounts which failed.
4928
4929@item Unmount failed
4930counts the number of times a filesystem could not be unmounted.  Very
4931large numbers here indicate that the time between unmount attempts
4932should be increased.
4933@end table
4934
4935@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4936@node Amq -T option, Amq -U-option, Amq -s option, Controlling Amd
4937@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4938@subsection @i{Amq} @code{-T} option
4939@cindex Forcing Amq to use a TCP transport
4940@cindex TCP; using with Amq
4941
4942The @code{-T} option causes the @i{Amq} to contact @i{Amd} using the TCP
4943transport only (connection oriented).  Normally, @i{Amq} will use TCP
4944first, and if that failed, will try UDP.
4945
4946@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4947@node Amq -U-option, Amq -u option, Amq -T option, Controlling Amd
4948@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4949@subsection @i{Amq} @code{-U} option
4950@cindex Forcing Amq to use a UDP transport
4951@cindex UDP; using with Amq
4952
4953The @code{-U} option causes the @i{Amq} to contact @i{Amd} using the UDP
4954transport only (connectionless).  Normally, @i{Amq} will use TCP first,
4955and if that failed, will try UDP.
4956
4957@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4958@node Amq -u option, Amq -v option, Amq -U-option, Controlling Amd
4959@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4960@subsection @i{Amq} @code{-u} option
4961@cindex Forcing filesystem to time out
4962@cindex Unmounting a filesystem
4963
4964The @code{-u} option causes the time-to-live interval of the named mount
4965points to be expired, thus causing an unmount attempt.  This is the only
4966safe way to unmount an automounted filesystem.  It is not possible to
4967unmount a filesystem which has been mounted with the @samp{nounmount}
4968flag.
4969
4970@c The @code{-H} option informs @i{Amd} that the specified mount point has hung -
4971@c as if its keepalive timer had expired.
4972
4973@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4974@node Amq -v option, Other Amq options, Amq -u option, Controlling Amd
4975@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4976@subsection @i{Amq} @code{-v} option
4977@cindex Version information at run-time
4978
4979The @code{-v} option displays the version of @i{Amd} in a similar way to
4980@i{Amd}'s @code{-v} option.
4981
4982@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4983@node Other Amq options, , Amq -v option, Controlling Amd
4984@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4985@subsection Other @i{Amq} options
4986@cindex Logging options via Amq
4987@cindex Debugging options via Amq
4988
4989Two other operations are implemented.  These modify the state of @i{Amd}
4990as a whole, rather than any particular filesystem.  The @code{-x} and
4991@code{-D} options have exactly the same effect as @i{Amd}'s corresponding
4992command line options.
4993
4994When @i{Amd} receives a @code{-x} flag it limits the log options being
4995modified to those which were not enabled at startup.  This prevents a
4996user turning @emph{off} any logging option which was specified at
4997startup, though any which have been turned on since then can still be
4998turned off.  The @code{-D} option has a similar behavior.
4999
5000@c ################################################################
5001@node FSinfo, Hlfsd, Run-time Administration, Top
5002@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5003@chapter FSinfo
5004@cindex FSinfo
5005@cindex Filesystem info package
5006
5007XXX: this chapter should be reviewed by someone knowledgeable with
5008fsinfo.
5009
5010@menu
5011* FSinfo Overview::                 Introduction to FSinfo.
5012* Using FSinfo::                    Basic concepts.
5013* FSinfo Grammar::                  Language syntax, semantics and examples.
5014* FSinfo host definitions::         Defining a new host.
5015* FSinfo host attributes::          Definable host attributes. 
5016* FSinfo filesystems::              Defining locally attached filesystems.
5017* FSinfo static mounts::            Defining additional static mounts.
5018* FSinfo automount definitions::
5019* FSinfo Command Line Options::
5020* FSinfo errors::
5021@end menu
5022
5023@node FSinfo Overview, Using FSinfo, FSinfo, FSinfo
5024@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5025@section @i{FSinfo} overview
5026@cindex FSinfo overview
5027
5028@i{FSinfo} is a filesystem management tool.  It has been designed to
5029work with @i{Amd} to help system administrators keep track of the ever
5030increasing filesystem namespace under their control.
5031
5032The purpose of @i{FSinfo} is to generate all the important standard
5033filesystem data files from a single set of input data.  Starting with a
5034single data source guarantees that all the generated files are
5035self-consistent.  One of the possible output data formats is a set of
5036@i{Amd} maps which can be used amongst the set of hosts described in the
5037input data.
5038
5039@i{FSinfo} implements a declarative language.  This language is
5040specifically designed for describing filesystem namespace and physical
5041layouts.  The basic declaration defines a mounted filesystem including
5042its device name, mount point, and all the volumes and access
5043permissions.  @i{FSinfo} reads this information and builds an internal
5044map of the entire network of hosts.  Using this map, many different data
5045formats can be produced including @file{/etc/fstab},
5046@file{/etc/exports}, @i{Amd} mount maps and
5047@file{/etc/bootparams}.@refill
5048
5049@node Using FSinfo, FSinfo Grammar, FSinfo Overview, FSinfo
5050@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5051@section Using @i{FSinfo}
5052@cindex Using FSinfo
5053
5054The basic strategy when using @i{FSinfo} is to gather all the
5055information about all disks on all machines into one set of
5056declarations.  For each machine being managed, the following data is
5057required:
5058
5059@itemize @bullet
5060@item
5061Hostname
5062@item
5063List of all filesystems and, optionally, their mount points.
5064@item
5065Names of volumes stored on each filesystem.
5066@item
5067NFS export information for each volume.
5068@item
5069The list of static filesystem mounts.
5070@end itemize
5071
5072The following information can also be entered into the same
5073configuration files so that all data can be kept in one place.
5074
5075@itemize @bullet
5076@item
5077List of network interfaces
5078@item
5079IP address of each interface
5080@item
5081Hardware address of each interface
5082@item
5083Dumpset to which each filesystem belongs
5084@item
5085and more @dots{}
5086@end itemize
5087
5088To generate @i{Amd} mount maps, the automount tree must also be defined
5089(@pxref{FSinfo automount definitions}).  This will have been designed at
5090the time the volume names were allocated.  Some volume names will not be
5091automounted, so @i{FSinfo} needs an explicit list of which volumes
5092should be automounted.@refill
5093
5094Hostnames are required at several places in the @i{FSinfo} language.  It
5095is important to stick to either fully qualified names or unqualified
5096names.  Using a mixture of the two will inevitably result in confusion.
5097
5098Sometimes volumes need to be referenced which are not defined in the set
5099of hosts being managed with @i{FSinfo}.  The required action is to add a
5100dummy set of definitions for the host and volume names required.  Since
5101the files generated for those particular hosts will not be used on them,
5102the exact values used is not critical.
5103
5104@node FSinfo Grammar, FSinfo host definitions, Using FSinfo, FSinfo
5105@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5106@section @i{FSinfo} grammar
5107@cindex FSinfo grammar
5108@cindex Grammar, FSinfo
5109
5110@i{FSinfo} has a relatively simple grammar.  Distinct syntactic
5111constructs exist for each of the different types of data, though they
5112share a common flavor.  Several conventions are used in the grammar
5113fragments below.
5114
5115The notation, @i{list(}@t{xxx}@i{)}, indicates a list of zero or more
5116@t{xxx}'s.  The notation, @i{opt(}@t{xxx}@i{)}, indicates zero or one
5117@t{xxx}.  Items in double quotes, @i{eg} @t{"host"}, represent input
5118tokens.  Items in angle brackets, @i{eg} @var{<hostname>}, represent
5119strings in the input.  Strings need not be in double quotes, except to
5120differentiate them from reserved words.  Quoted strings may include the
5121usual set of C ``@t{\}'' escape sequences with one exception: a
5122backslash-newline-whitespace sequence is squashed into a single space
5123character.  To defeat this feature, put a further backslash at the start
5124of the second line.
5125
5126At the outermost level of the grammar, the input consists of a
5127sequence of host and automount declarations.  These declarations are
5128all parsed before they are analyzed.  This means they can appear in
5129any order and cyclic host references are possible.
5130
5131@example
5132fsinfo      : @i{list(}fsinfo_attr@i{)} ;
5133
5134fsinfo_attr : host | automount ;
5135@end example
5136
5137@menu
5138* FSinfo host definitions::
5139* FSinfo automount definitions::
5140@end menu
5141
5142@node FSinfo host definitions, FSinfo host attributes, FSinfo Grammar, FSinfo
5143@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5144@section @i{FSinfo} host definitions
5145@cindex FSinfo host definitions
5146@cindex Defining a host, FSinfo
5147
5148A host declaration consists of three parts: a set of machine attribute
5149data, a list of filesystems physically attached to the machine, and a
5150list of additional statically mounted filesystems.
5151
5152@example
5153host        : "host" host_data @i{list(}filesystem@i{@i{)}} @i{list(}mount@i{@i{)}} ;
5154@end example
5155
5156Each host must be declared in this way exactly once.  Such things as the
5157hardware address, the architecture and operating system types and the
5158cluster name are all specified within the @dfn{host data}.
5159
5160All the disks the machine has should then be described in the @dfn{list
5161of filesystems}.  When describing disks, you can specify what
5162@dfn{volname} the disk/partition should have and all such entries are
5163built up into a dictionary which can then be used for building the
5164automounter maps.
5165
5166The @dfn{list of mounts} specifies all the filesystems that should be
5167statically mounted on the machine.
5168
5169@menu
5170* FSinfo host attributes::
5171* FSinfo filesystems::
5172* FSinfo static mounts::
5173@end menu
5174
5175@node FSinfo host attributes, FSinfo filesystems, FSinfo host definitions , FSinfo host definitions
5176@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5177@section @i{FSinfo} host attributes
5178@cindex FSinfo host attributes
5179@cindex Defining host attributes, FSinfo
5180
5181The host data, @dfn{host_data}, always includes the @dfn{hostname}.  In
5182addition, several other host attributes can be given.
5183
5184@example
5185host_data   : @var{<hostname>}
5186            | "@{" @i{list(}host_attrs@i{)} "@}" @var{<hostname>}
5187            ;
5188
5189host_attrs  : host_attr "=" @var{<string>}
5190            | netif
5191            ;
5192
5193host_attr   : "config"
5194            | "arch"
5195            | "os"
5196            | "cluster"
5197            ;
5198@end example
5199
5200The @dfn{hostname} is, typically, the fully qualified hostname of the
5201machine.
5202
5203Examples:
5204
5205@example
5206host dylan.doc.ic.ac.uk
5207
5208host @{
5209    os = hpux
5210    arch = hp300
5211@} dougal.doc.ic.ac.uk
5212@end example
5213
5214The options that can be given as host attributes are shown below.
5215
5216@menu
5217* netif Option:         FSinfo host netif:
5218* config Option:        FSinfo host config:
5219* arch Option:          FSinfo host arch:
5220* os Option:            FSinfo host os:
5221* cluster Option:       FSinfo host cluster:
5222@end menu
5223
5224@node FSinfo host netif, FSinfo host config, , FSinfo host attributes
5225@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5226@subsection netif Option
5227
5228This defines the set of network interfaces configured on the machine.
5229The interface attributes collected by @i{FSinfo} are the IP address,
5230subnet mask and hardware address.  Multiple interfaces may be defined
5231for hosts with several interfaces by an entry for each interface.  The
5232values given are sanity checked, but are currently unused for anything
5233else.
5234
5235@example
5236netif       : "netif" @var{<string>} "@{" @i{list(}netif_attrs@i{)} "@}" ;
5237
5238netif_attrs : netif_attr "=" @var{<string>} ;
5239
5240netif_attr  : "inaddr" | "netmask" | "hwaddr" ;
5241@end example
5242
5243Examples:
5244
5245@example
5246netif ie0 @{
5247    inaddr  = 129.31.81.37
5248    netmask = 0xfffffe00
5249    hwaddr  = "08:00:20:01:a6:a5"
5250@}
5251
5252netif ec0 @{ @}
5253@end example
5254
5255@node FSinfo host config, FSinfo host arch, FSinfo host netif, FSinfo host attributes
5256@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5257@subsection config Option
5258@cindex FSinfo config host attribute
5259@cindex config, FSinfo host attribute
5260
5261This option allows you to specify configuration variables for the
5262startup scripts (@file{rc} scripts).  A simple string should immediately
5263follow the keyword.
5264
5265Example:
5266
5267@example
5268config "NFS_SERVER=true"
5269config "ZEPHYR=true"
5270@end example
5271
5272This option is currently unsupported.
5273
5274@node FSinfo host arch, FSinfo host os, FSinfo host config, FSinfo host attributes
5275@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5276@subsection arch Option
5277@cindex FSinfo arch host attribute
5278@cindex arch, FSinfo host attribute
5279
5280This defines the architecture of the machine.  For example:
5281
5282@example
5283arch = hp300
5284@end example
5285
5286This is intended to be of use when building architecture specific
5287mountmaps, however, the option is currently unsupported.
5288
5289@node FSinfo host os, FSinfo host cluster, FSinfo host arch, FSinfo host attributes
5290@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5291@subsection os Option
5292@cindex FSinfo os host attribute
5293@cindex os, FSinfo host attribute
5294
5295This defines the operating system type of the host.  For example:
5296
5297@example
5298os = hpux
5299@end example
5300
5301This information is used when creating the @file{fstab} files, for
5302example in choosing which format to use for the @file{fstab} entries
5303within the file.
5304
5305@node FSinfo host cluster, , FSinfo host os, FSinfo host attributes
5306@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5307@subsection cluster Option
5308@cindex FSinfo cluster host attribute
5309@cindex cluster, FSinfo host attribute
5310
5311This is used for specifying in which cluster the machine belongs.  For
5312example:
5313
5314@example
5315cluster = "theory"
5316@end example
5317
5318The cluster is intended to be used when generating the automount maps,
5319although it is currently unsupported.
5320
5321@node FSinfo filesystems, FSinfo static mounts, FSinfo host attributes, FSinfo host definitions
5322@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5323@section @i{FSinfo} filesystems
5324@cindex FSinfo filesystems
5325
5326The list of physically attached filesystems follows the machine
5327attributes.  These should define all the filesystems available from this
5328machine, whether exported or not.  In addition to the device name,
5329filesystems have several attributes, such as filesystem type, mount
5330options, and @samp{fsck} pass number which are needed to generate
5331@file{fstab} entries.
5332
5333@example
5334filesystem  : "fs" @var{<device>} "@{" @i{list(}fs_data@i{)} "@}" ;
5335
5336fs_data     : fs_data_attr "=" @var{<string>}
5337            | mount
5338            ;
5339
5340fs_data_attr
5341            : "fstype" | "opts" | "passno"
5342            | "freq" | "dumpset" | "log"
5343            ;
5344@end example
5345
5346Here, @var{<device>} is the device name of the disk (for example,
5347@file{/dev/dsk/2s0}).  The device name is used for building the mount
5348maps and for the @file{fstab} file.  The attributes that can be
5349specified are shown in the following section.
5350
5351The @i{FSinfo} configuration file for @code{dylan.doc.ic.ac.uk} is listed below.
5352
5353@example
5354host dylan.doc.ic.ac.uk
5355
5356fs /dev/dsk/0s0 @{
5357        fstype = swap
5358@}
5359
5360fs /dev/dsk/0s0 @{
5361        fstype = hfs
5362        opts = rw,noquota,grpid
5363        passno = 0;
5364        freq = 1;
5365        mount / @{ @}
5366@}
5367
5368fs /dev/dsk/1s0 @{
5369        fstype = hfs
5370        opts = defaults
5371        passno = 1;
5372        freq = 1;
5373        mount /usr @{
5374                local @{
5375                        exportfs "dougal eden dylan zebedee brian"
5376                        volname /nfs/hp300/local
5377                @}
5378        @}
5379@}
5380
5381fs /dev/dsk/2s0 @{
5382        fstype = hfs
5383        opts = defaults
5384        passno = 1;
5385        freq = 1;
5386        mount default @{
5387                exportfs "toytown_clients hangers_on"
5388                volname /home/dylan/dk2
5389        @}
5390@}
5391
5392fs /dev/dsk/3s0 @{
5393        fstype = hfs
5394        opts = defaults
5395        passno = 1;
5396        freq = 1;
5397        mount default @{
5398                exportfs "toytown_clients hangers_on"
5399                volname /home/dylan/dk3
5400        @}
5401@}
5402
5403fs /dev/dsk/5s0 @{
5404        fstype = hfs
5405        opts = defaults
5406        passno = 1;
5407        freq = 1;
5408        mount default @{
5409                exportfs "toytown_clients hangers_on"
5410                volname /home/dylan/dk5
5411        @}
5412@}
5413@end example
5414
5415@menu
5416* fstype Option:        FSinfo filesystems fstype:
5417* opts Option:          FSinfo filesystems opts:
5418* passno Option:        FSinfo filesystems passno:
5419* freq Option:          FSinfo filesystems freq:
5420* mount Option:         FSinfo filesystems mount:
5421* dumpset Option:       FSinfo filesystems dumpset:
5422* log Option:           FSinfo filesystems log:
5423@end menu
5424
5425@node FSinfo filesystems fstype, FSinfo filesystems opts, , FSinfo filesystems
5426@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5427@subsection fstype Option
5428@cindex FSinfo fstype filesystems option
5429@cindex fstype, FSinfo filesystems option
5430@cindex export, FSinfo special fstype
5431
5432This specifies the type of filesystem being declared and will be placed
5433into the @file{fstab} file as is.  The value of this option will be
5434handed to @code{mount} as the filesystem type---it should have such
5435values as @code{4.2}, @code{nfs} or @code{swap}.  The value is not
5436examined for correctness.
5437
5438There is one special case.  If the filesystem type is specified as
5439@samp{export} then the filesystem information will not be added to the
5440host's @file{fstab} information, but it will still be visible on the
5441network.  This is useful for defining hosts which contain referenced
5442volumes but which are not under full control of @i{FSinfo}.
5443
5444Example:
5445
5446@example
5447fstype = swap
5448@end example
5449
5450@node FSinfo filesystems opts, FSinfo filesystems passno, FSinfo filesystems fstype, FSinfo filesystems
5451@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5452@subsection opts Option
5453@cindex FSinfo opts filesystems option
5454@cindex opts, FSinfo filesystems option
5455
5456This defines any options that should be given to @b{mount}(8) in the
5457@file{fstab} file.  For example:
5458
5459@example
5460opts = rw,nosuid,grpid
5461@end example
5462
5463@node FSinfo filesystems passno, FSinfo filesystems freq, FSinfo filesystems opts, FSinfo filesystems
5464@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5465@subsection passno Option
5466@cindex FSinfo passno filesystems option
5467@cindex passno, FSinfo filesystems option
5468
5469This defines the @b{fsck}(8) pass number in which to check the
5470filesystem.  This value will be placed into the @file{fstab} file.
5471
5472Example:
5473
5474@example
5475passno = 1
5476@end example
5477
5478@node FSinfo filesystems freq, FSinfo filesystems mount, FSinfo filesystems passno, FSinfo filesystems
5479@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5480@subsection freq Option
5481@cindex FSinfo freq filesystems option
5482@cindex freq, FSinfo filesystems option
5483
5484This defines the interval (in days) between dumps.  The value is placed
5485as is into the @file{fstab} file.
5486
5487Example:
5488
5489@example
5490freq = 3
5491@end example
5492
5493@node FSinfo filesystems mount, FSinfo filesystems dumpset, FSinfo filesystems freq, FSinfo filesystems
5494@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5495@subsection mount Option
5496@cindex FSinfo mount filesystems option
5497@cindex mount, FSinfo filesystems option
5498@cindex exportfs, FSinfo mount option
5499@cindex volname, FSinfo mount option
5500@cindex sel, FSinfo mount option
5501
5502This defines the mountpoint at which to place the filesystem.  If the
5503mountpoint of the filesystem is specified as @code{default}, then the
5504filesystem will be mounted in the automounter's tree under its volume
5505name and the mount will automatically be inherited by the automounter.
5506
5507Following the mountpoint, namespace information for the filesystem may
5508be described.  The options that can be given here are @code{exportfs},
5509@code{volname} and @code{sel}.
5510
5511The format is:
5512
5513@example
5514mount       : "mount" vol_tree ;
5515
5516vol_tree    : @i{list(}vol_tree_attr@i{)} ;
5517
5518vol_tree_attr
5519            :  @var{<string>} "@{" @i{list(}vol_tree_info@i{)} vol_tree "@}" ;
5520
5521vol_tree_info
5522            : "exportfs" @var{<export-data>}
5523            | "volname" @var{<volname>}
5524            | "sel" @var{<selector-list>}
5525            ;
5526@end example
5527
5528Example:
5529
5530@example
5531mount default @{
5532    exportfs "dylan dougal florence zebedee"
5533    volname /vol/andrew
5534@}
5535@end example
5536
5537In the above example, the filesystem currently being declared will have
5538an entry placed into the @file{exports} file allowing the filesystem to
5539be exported to the machines @code{dylan}, @code{dougal}, @code{florence}
5540and @code{zebedee}.  The volume name by which the filesystem will be
5541referred to remotely, is @file{/vol/andrew}.  By declaring the
5542mountpoint to be @code{default}, the filesystem will be mounted on the
5543local machine in the automounter tree, where @i{Amd} will automatically
5544inherit the mount as @file{/vol/andrew}.@refill
5545
5546@table @samp
5547@item exportfs
5548a string defining which machines the filesystem may be exported to.
5549This is copied, as is, into the @file{exports} file---no sanity checking
5550is performed on this string.@refill
5551
5552@item volname
5553a string which declares the remote name by which to reference the
5554filesystem.  The string is entered into a dictionary and allows you to
5555refer to this filesystem in other places by this volume name.@refill
5556
5557@item sel
5558a string which is placed into the automounter maps as a selector for the
5559filesystem.@refill
5560
5561@end table
5562
5563@node FSinfo filesystems dumpset, FSinfo filesystems log, FSinfo filesystems mount, FSinfo filesystems
5564@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5565@subsection dumpset Option
5566@cindex FSinfo dumpset filesystems option
5567@cindex dumpset, FSinfo filesystems option
5568
5569This provides support for Imperial College's local file backup tools and
5570is not documented further here.
5571
5572@node FSinfo filesystems log, , FSinfo filesystems dumpset, FSinfo filesystems    
5573@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5574@subsection log Option
5575@cindex FSinfo log filesystems option
5576@cindex log, FSinfo filesystems option
5577
5578Specifies the log device for the current filesystem. This is ignored if
5579not required by the particular filesystem type.
5580
5581@node FSinfo static mounts, FSinfo automount definitions , FSinfo filesystems, FSinfo host definitions
5582@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5583@section @i{FSinfo} static mounts
5584@cindex FSinfo static mounts
5585@cindex Statically mounts filesystems, FSinfo
5586
5587Each host may also have a number of statically mounted filesystems.  For
5588example, the host may be a diskless workstation in which case it will
5589have no @code{fs} declarations.  In this case the @code{mount}
5590declaration is used to determine from where its filesystems will be
5591mounted.  In addition to being added to the @file{fstab} file, this
5592information can also be used to generate a suitable @file{bootparams}
5593file.@refill
5594
5595@example
5596mount       : "mount" @var{<volname>} @i{list(}localinfo@i{)} ;
5597
5598localinfo   : localinfo_attr @var{<string>} ;
5599
5600localinfo_attr
5601            : "as"
5602            | "from"
5603            | "fstype"
5604            | "opts"
5605            ;
5606@end example
5607
5608The filesystem specified to be mounted will be searched for in the
5609dictionary of volume names built when scanning the list of hosts'
5610definitions.
5611
5612The attributes have the following semantics:
5613@table @samp
5614@item from @var{machine}
5615mount the filesystem from the machine with the hostname of
5616@dfn{machine}.@refill
5617
5618@item as @var{mountpoint}
5619mount the filesystem locally as the name given, in case this is
5620different from the advertised volume name of the filesystem.
5621
5622@item opts @var{options}
5623native @b{mount}(8) options.
5624
5625@item fstype @var{type}
5626type of filesystem to be mounted.
5627@end table
5628
5629An example:
5630
5631@example
5632mount /export/exec/hp300/local as /usr/local
5633@end example
5634
5635If the mountpoint specified is either @file{/} or @file{swap}, the
5636machine will be considered to be booting off the net and this will be
5637noted for use in generating a @file{bootparams} file for the host which
5638owns the filesystems.
5639
5640@node FSinfo automount definitions, FSinfo Command Line Options, FSinfo static mounts, FSinfo
5641@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5642@section Defining an @i{Amd} Mount Map in @i{FSinfo}
5643@cindex FSinfo automount definitions
5644@cindex Defining an Amd mount map, FSinfo
5645
5646The maps used by @i{Amd} can be constructed from @i{FSinfo} by defining
5647all the automount trees.  @i{FSinfo} takes all the definitions found and
5648builds one map for each top level tree.
5649
5650The automount tree is usually defined last.  A single automount
5651configuration will usually apply to an entire management domain.  One
5652@code{automount} declaration is needed for each @i{Amd} automount point.
5653@i{FSinfo} determines whether the automount point is @dfn{direct}
5654(@pxref{Direct Automount Filesystem}) or @dfn{indirect}
5655(@pxref{Top-level Filesystem}).  Direct automount points are
5656distinguished by the fact that there is no underlying
5657@dfn{automount_tree}.@refill
5658
5659@example
5660automount   : "automount" @i{opt(}auto_opts@i{)} automount_tree ;
5661
5662auto_opts   : "opts" @var{<mount-options>} ;
5663
5664automount_tree
5665            : @i{list(}automount_attr@i{)}
5666            ;
5667
5668automount_attr
5669            : @var{<string>} "=" @var{<volname>}
5670            | @var{<string>} "->" @var{<symlink>}
5671            | @var{<string>} "@{" automount_tree "@}"
5672            ;
5673@end example
5674
5675If @var{<mount-options>} is given, then it is the string to be placed in
5676the maps for @i{Amd} for the @code{opts} option.
5677
5678A @dfn{map} is typically a tree of filesystems, for example @file{home}
5679normally contains a tree of filesystems representing other machines in
5680the network.
5681
5682A map can either be given as a name representing an already defined
5683volume name, or it can be a tree.  A tree is represented by placing
5684braces after the name.  For example, to define a tree @file{/vol}, the
5685following map would be defined:
5686
5687@example
5688automount /vol @{ @}
5689@end example
5690
5691Within a tree, the only items that can appear are more maps.
5692For example:
5693
5694@example
5695automount /vol @{
5696    andrew @{ @}
5697    X11 @{ @}
5698@}
5699@end example
5700
5701In this case, @i{FSinfo} will look for volumes named @file{/vol/andrew}
5702and @file{/vol/X11} and a map entry will be generated for each.  If the
5703volumes are defined more than once, then @i{FSinfo} will generate
5704a series of alternate entries for them in the maps.@refill
5705
5706Instead of a tree, either a link (@var{name} @code{->}
5707@var{destination}) or a reference can be specified (@var{name} @code{=}
5708@var{destination}).  A link creates a symbolic link to the string
5709specified, without further processing the entry.  A reference will
5710examine the destination filesystem and optimize the reference.  For
5711example, to create an entry for @code{njw} in the @file{/homes} map,
5712either of the two forms can be used:@refill
5713
5714@example
5715automount /homes @{
5716    njw -> /home/dylan/njw
5717@}
5718@end example
5719
5720or
5721
5722@example
5723automount /homes @{
5724    njw = /home/dylan/njw
5725@}
5726@end example
5727
5728In the first example, when @file{/homes/njw} is referenced from @i{Amd},
5729a link will be created leading to @file{/home/dylan/njw} and the
5730automounter will be referenced a second time to resolve this filename.
5731The map entry would be:
5732
5733@example
5734njw type:=link;fs:=/home/dylan/njw
5735@end example
5736
5737In the second example, the destination directory is analyzed and found
5738to be in the filesystem @file{/home/dylan} which has previously been
5739defined in the maps. Hence the map entry will look like:
5740
5741@example
5742njw rhost:=dylan;rfs:=/home/dylan;sublink:=njw
5743@end example
5744
5745Creating only one symbolic link, and one access to @i{Amd}.
5746
5747@node FSinfo Command Line Options, FSinfo errors, FSinfo automount definitions, FSinfo
5748@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5749@section @i{FSinfo} Command Line Options
5750@cindex FSinfo command line options
5751@cindex Command line options, FSinfo
5752
5753@i{FSinfo} is started from the command line by using the command:
5754
5755@example
5756fsinfo [@i{options}] @i{files} ...
5757@end example
5758
5759The input to @i{FSinfo} is a single set of definitions of machines and
5760automount maps.  If multiple files are given on the command-line, then
5761the files are concatenated together to form the input source.  The files
5762are passed individually through the C pre-processor before being parsed.
5763
5764Several options define a prefix for the name of an output file.  If the
5765prefix is not specified no output of that type is produced.  The suffix
5766used will correspond either to the hostname to which a file belongs, or
5767to the type of output if only one file is produced.  Dumpsets and the
5768@file{bootparams} file are in the latter class.  To put the output into
5769a subdirectory simply put a @file{/} at the end of the prefix, making
5770sure that the directory has already been made before running
5771@i{Fsinfo}.
5772
5773@menu
5774* -a FSinfo Option::    Amd automount directory:
5775* -b FSinfo Option::    Prefix for bootparams files.
5776* -d FSinfo Option::    Prefix for dumpset data files.
5777* -e FSinfo Option::    Prefix for exports files.
5778* -f FSinfo Option::    Prefix for fstab files.
5779* -h FSinfo Option::    Local hostname.
5780* -m FSinfo Option::    Prefix for automount maps.
5781* -q FSinfo Option::    Ultra quiet mode.
5782* -v FSinfo Option::    Verbose mode.
5783* -I FSinfo Option::    Define new #include directory.
5784* -D-FSinfo Option::    Define macro.
5785* -U FSinfo Option::    Undefine macro.
5786@end menu
5787
5788@node -a FSinfo Option, -b FSinfo Option, FSinfo Command Line Options, FSinfo Command Line Options
5789@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5790@subsection @code{-a} @var{autodir}
5791
5792Specifies the directory name in which to place the automounter's
5793mountpoints.  This defaults to @file{/a}.  Some sites have the autodir set
5794to be @file{/amd}, and this would be achieved by:
5795
5796@example
5797fsinfo -a /amd ...
5798@end example
5799
5800@node -b FSinfo Option, -d FSinfo Option, -a FSinfo Option, FSinfo Command Line Options
5801@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5802@subsection @code{-b} @var{bootparams}
5803@cindex bootparams, FSinfo prefix
5804
5805This specifies the prefix for the @file{bootparams} filename.  If it is
5806not given, then the file will not be generated.  The @file{bootparams}
5807file will be constructed for the destination machine and will be placed
5808into a file named @file{bootparams} and prefixed by this string.  The
5809file generated contains a list of entries describing each diskless
5810client that can boot from the destination machine.
5811
5812As an example, to create a @file{bootparams} file in the directory
5813@file{generic}, the following would be used:
5814
5815@example
5816fsinfo -b generic/ ...
5817@end example
5818
5819@node -d FSinfo Option, -e FSinfo Option, -b FSinfo Option, FSinfo Command Line Options
5820@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5821@subsection @code{-d} @var{dumpsets}
5822@cindex dumpset, FSinfo prefix
5823
5824This specifies the prefix for the @file{dumpsets} file.  If it is not
5825specified, then the file will not be generated.  The file will be for
5826the destination machine and will be placed into a filename
5827@file{dumpsets}, prefixed by this string.  The @file{dumpsets} file is
5828for use by Imperial College's local backup system.
5829
5830For example, to create a @file{dumpsets} file in the directory @file{generic},
5831then you would use the following:
5832
5833@example
5834fsinfo -d generic/ ...
5835@end example
5836
5837@node -e FSinfo Option, -f FSinfo Option, -d FSinfo Option, FSinfo Command Line Options
5838@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5839@subsection @code{-e} @var{exportfs}
5840@cindex exports, FSinfo prefix
5841
5842Defines the prefix for the @file{exports} files.  If it is not given,
5843then the file will not be generated.  For each machine defined in the
5844configuration files as having disks, an @file{exports} file is
5845constructed and given a filename determined by the name of the machine,
5846prefixed with this string.  If a machine is defined as diskless, then no
5847@file{exports} file will be created for it.  The files contain entries
5848for directories on the machine that may be exported to clients.
5849
5850Example: To create the @file{exports} files for each diskfull machine
5851and place them into the directory @file{exports}:
5852
5853@example
5854fsinfo -e exports/ ...
5855@end example
5856
5857@node -f FSinfo Option, -h FSinfo Option, -e FSinfo Option, FSinfo Command Line Options
5858@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5859@subsection @code{-f} @var{fstab}
5860@cindex fstab, FSinfo prefix
5861
5862This defines the prefix for the @file{fstab} files.  The files will only
5863be created if this prefix is defined.  For each machine defined in the
5864configuration files, a @file{fstab} file is created with the filename
5865determined by prefixing this string with the name of the machine.  These
5866files contain entries for filesystems and partitions to mount at boot
5867time.
5868
5869Example, to create the files in the directory @file{fstabs}:
5870
5871@example
5872fsinfo -f fstabs/ ...
5873@end example
5874
5875@node -h FSinfo Option, -m FSinfo Option, -f FSinfo Option, FSinfo Command Line Options
5876@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5877@subsection @code{-h} @var{hostname}
5878@cindex hostname, FSinfo command line option
5879
5880Defines the hostname of the destination machine to process for.  If this
5881is not specified, it defaults to the local machine name, as returned by
5882@b{gethostname}(2).
5883
5884Example:
5885
5886@example
5887fsinfo -h dylan.doc.ic.ac.uk ...
5888@end example
5889
5890@node -m FSinfo Option, -q FSinfo Option, -h FSinfo Option, FSinfo Command Line Options
5891@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5892@subsection @code{-m} @var{mount-maps}
5893@cindex maps, FSinfo command line option
5894
5895Defines the prefix for the automounter files.  The maps will only be
5896produced if this prefix is defined.  The mount maps suitable for the
5897network defined by the configuration files will be placed into files
5898with names calculated by prefixing this string to the name of each map.
5899
5900For example, to create the automounter maps and place them in the
5901directory @file{automaps}:
5902
5903@example
5904fsinfo -m automaps/ ...
5905@end example
5906
5907@node -q FSinfo Option, -v FSinfo Option, -m FSinfo Option, FSinfo Command Line Options
5908@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5909@subsection @code{-q}
5910@cindex quiet, FSinfo command line option
5911
5912Selects quiet mode.  @i{FSinfo} suppress the ``running commentary'' and
5913only outputs any error messages which are generated.
5914
5915@node -v FSinfo Option, -D-FSinfo Option, -q FSinfo Option, FSinfo Command Line Options
5916@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5917@subsection @code{-v}
5918@cindex verbose, FSinfo command line option
5919
5920Selects verbose mode.  When this is activated, the program will display
5921more messages, and display all the information discovered when
5922performing the semantic analysis phase.  Each verbose message is output
5923to @file{stdout} on a line starting with a @samp{#} character.
5924
5925@node -D-FSinfo Option, -I FSinfo Option, -v FSinfo Option, FSinfo Command Line Options
5926@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5927@subsection @code{-D} @var{name[=defn]}
5928
5929Defines a symbol @dfn{name} for the preprocessor when reading the
5930configuration files.  Equivalent to @code{#define} directive.
5931
5932@node -I FSinfo Option, -U FSinfo Option, -D-FSinfo Option, FSinfo Command Line Options
5933@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5934@subsection @code{-I} @var{directory}
5935
5936This option is passed into the preprocessor for the configuration files.
5937It specifies directories in which to find include files
5938
5939@node -U FSinfo Option, , -I FSinfo Option, FSinfo Command Line Options
5940@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5941@subsection @code{-U} @var{name}
5942
5943Removes any initial definition of the symbol @dfn{name}.  Inverse of the
5944@code{-D} option.
5945
5946@node FSinfo errors, , FSinfo Command Line Options, FSinfo
5947@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5948@section Errors produced by @i{FSinfo}
5949@cindex FSinfo error messages
5950
5951The following table documents the errors and warnings which @i{FSinfo} may produce.
5952
5953@table @t
5954
5955@item " expected
5956Occurs if an unescaped newline is found in a quoted string.
5957
5958@item ambiguous mount: @var{volume} is a replicated filesystem
5959If several filesystems are declared as having the same volume name, they
5960will be considered replicated filesystems.  To mount a replicated
5961filesystem statically, a specific host will need to be named, to say
5962which particular copy to try and mount, else this error will
5963result.
5964
5965@item can't open @var{filename} for writing
5966Occurs if any errors are encountered when opening an output file.
5967
5968@item cannot determine localname since volname @var{volume} is not uniquely defined
5969If a volume is replicated and an attempt is made to mount the filesystem
5970statically without specifying a local mountpoint, @i{FSinfo} cannot
5971calculate a mountpoint, as the desired pathname would be
5972ambiguous.
5973
5974@item @var{device} has duplicate exportfs data
5975Produced if the @samp{exportfs} option is used multiple times within the
5976same branch of a filesystem definition. For example, if you attempt to
5977set the @samp{exportfs} data at different levels of the mountpoint
5978directory tree.
5979
5980@item dump frequency for @var{host}:@var{device} is non-zero
5981Occurs if @var{device} has its @samp{fstype} declared to be @samp{swap}
5982or @samp{export} and the @samp{dump} option is set to a value greater
5983than zero.  Swap devices should not be dumped.
5984
5985@item duplicate host @var{hostname}!
5986If a host has more than one definition.
5987
5988@item end of file within comment
5989A comment was unterminated before the end of one of the configuration
5990files.
5991
5992@item @var{filename}: cannot open for reading
5993If a file specified on the command line as containing configuration data
5994could not be opened.
5995
5996@item @var{filesystem} has a volname but no exportfs data
5997Occurs when a volume name is declared for a file system, but the string
5998specifying what machines the filesystem can be exported to is
5999missing.
6000
6001@item fs field "@var{field-name}" already set
6002Occurs when multiple definitions are given for one of the attributes of a
6003host's filesystem.
6004
6005@item host field "@var{field-name}" already set
6006If duplicate definitions are given for any of the fields with a host
6007definition.
6008
6009@item @var{host}:@var{device} has more than one mount point
6010Occurs if the mount option for a host's filesystem specifies multiple
6011trees at which to place the mountpoint.
6012
6013@item @var{host}:@var{device} has no mount point
6014Occurs if the @samp{mount} option is not specified for a host's
6015filesystem.
6016
6017@item @var{host}:@var{device} needs field "@var{field-name}"
6018Occurs when a filesystem is missing a required field. @var{field-name} could
6019be one of @samp{fstype}, @samp{opts}, @samp{passno} or
6020@samp{mount}.
6021
6022@item @var{host}:mount field specified for swap partition
6023Occurs if a mountpoint is given for a filesystem whose type is declared
6024to be @samp{swap}.
6025
6026@item malformed IP dotted quad: @var{address}
6027If the Internet address of an interface is incorrectly specified.  An
6028Internet address definition is handled to @b{inet_addr}(3N) to see if it
6029can cope.  If not, then this message will be displayed.
6030
6031@item malformed netmask: @var{netmask}
6032If the netmask cannot be decoded as though it were a hexadecimal number,
6033then this message will be displayed.  It will typically be caused by
6034incorrect characters in the @var{netmask} value.
6035
6036@item mount field "@var{field-name}" already set
6037Occurs when a static mount has multiple definitions of the same field.
6038
6039@item mount tree field "@var{field-name}" already set
6040Occurs when the @var{field-name} is defined more than once during the
6041definition of a filesystems mountpoint.
6042
6043@item netif field @var{field-name} already set
6044Occurs if you attempt to define an attribute of an interface more than
6045once.
6046
6047@item network booting requires both root and swap areas
6048Occurs if a machine has mount declarations for either the root partition
6049or the swap area, but not both.  You cannot define a machine to only
6050partially boot via the network.
6051
6052@item no disk mounts on @var{hostname}
6053If there are no static mounts, nor local disk mounts specified for a
6054machine, this message will be displayed.
6055
6056@item no volname given for @var{host}:@var{device}
6057Occurs when a filesystem is defined to be mounted on @file{default}, but
6058no volume name is given for the file system, then the mountpoint cannot
6059be determined.
6060
6061@item not allowed '/' in a directory name
6062Occurs when a pathname with multiple directory elements is specified as
6063the name for an automounter tree.  A tree should only have one name at
6064each level.
6065
6066@item pass number for @var{host}:@var{device} is non-zero
6067Occurs if @var{device} has its @samp{fstype} declared to be @samp{swap}
6068or @samp{export} and the @b{fsck}(8) pass number is set. Swap devices should not be
6069fsck'd.  @xref{FSinfo filesystems fstype}.
6070
6071@item sub-directory @var{directory} of @var{directory-tree} starts with '/'
6072Within the filesystem specification for a host, if an element
6073@var{directory} of the mountpoint begins with a @samp{/} and it is not
6074the start of the tree.
6075
6076@item sub-directory of @var{directory-tree} is named "default"
6077@samp{default} is a keyword used to specify if a mountpoint should be
6078automatically calculated by @i{FSinfo}.  If you attempt to specify a
6079directory name as this, it will use the filename of @file{default} but
6080will produce this warning.
6081
6082@item unknown \ sequence
6083Occurs if an unknown escape sequence is found inside a string.  Within a
6084string, you can give the standard C escape sequences for strings, such
6085as newlines and tab characters.
6086
6087@item unknown directory attribute
6088If an unknown keyword is found while reading the definition of a host's
6089filesystem mount option.
6090
6091@item unknown filesystem attribute
6092Occurs if an unrecognized keyword is used when defining a host's
6093filesystems.
6094
6095@item unknown host attribute
6096Occurs if an unrecognized keyword is used when defining a host.
6097
6098@item unknown mount attribute
6099Occurs if an unrecognized keyword is found while parsing the list of
6100static mounts.
6101
6102@item unknown volname @var{volume} automounted @i{[} on @i{name} @i{]}
6103Occurs if @var{volume} is used in a definition of an automount map but the volume
6104name has not been declared during the host filesystem definitions.
6105
6106@item volname @var{volume} is unknown
6107Occurs if an attempt is made to mount or reference a volume name which
6108has not been declared during the host filesystem definitions.
6109
6110@item volname @var{volume} not exported from @var{machine}
6111Occurs if you attempt to mount the volume @var{volume} from a machine
6112which has not declared itself to have such a filesystem
6113available.
6114
6115@end table
6116
6117@c ################################################################
6118@node Hlfsd, Assorted Tools, FSinfo, Top
6119@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
6120@chapter Hlfsd
6121@pindex Hlfsd
6122@cindex Home-Link Filesystem
6123
6124@i{Hlfsd} is a daemon which implements a filesystem containing a
6125symbolic link to subdirectory within a user's home directory, depending
6126on the user which accessed that link.  It was primarily designed to
6127redirect incoming mail to users' home directories, so that it can be read
6128from anywhere.  It was designed and implemented by
6129@email{ezk@@cs.columbia.edu,Erez Zadok} and
6130@email{dupuy@@cs.columbia.edu,Alexander Dupuy}, at the
6131@uref{http://www.cs.columbia.edu/,Computer Science Department} of
6132@uref{http://www.columbia.edu/,Columbia University}.  A
6133@uref{http://www.cs.columbia.edu/~ezk/research/hlfsd/hlfsd.html,paper}
6134on @i{Hlfsd} was presented at the Usenix LISA VII conference in 1993.
6135
6136@i{Hlfsd} operates by mounting itself as an NFS server for the directory
6137containing @i{linkname}, which defaults to @file{/hlfs/home}.  Lookups
6138within that directory are handled by @i{Hlfsd}, which uses the
6139password map to determine how to resolve the lookup.  The directory will
6140be created if it doesn't already exist.  The symbolic link will be to
6141the accessing user's home directory, with @i{subdir} appended to it.  If
6142not specified, @i{subdir} defaults to @file{.hlfsdir}.  This directory
6143will also be created if it does not already exist.
6144
6145A @samp{SIGTERM} sent to @i{Hlfsd} will cause it to shutdown.  A @samp{SIGHUP} will
6146flush the internal caches, and reload the password map.  It will also
6147close and reopen the log file, to enable the original log file to be
6148removed or rotated.  A @samp{SIGUSR1} will cause it to dump its internal table
6149of user IDs and home directories to the file @file{/tmp/hlfsddump}.
6150
6151@menu
6152* Introduction to Hlfsd::
6153* Background to Mail Delivery::        
6154* Using Hlfsd::       
6155@end menu
6156
6157@c ================================================================
6158@node Introduction to Hlfsd, Background to Mail Delivery, Hlfsd, Hlfsd
6159@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
6160@section Introduction to Hlfsd
6161@cindex Introduction to Hlfsd
6162@cindex Hlfsd; introduction
6163
6164Electronic mail has become one of the major applications for many
6165computer networks, and use of this service is expected to increase over
6166time, as networks proliferate and become faster.  Providing a convenient
6167environment for users to read, compose, and send electronic mail has
6168become a requirement for systems administrators (SAs).
6169
6170Widely used methods for handling mail usually require users to be logged
6171into a designated ``home'' machine, where their mailbox files reside.
6172Only on that one machine can they read newly arrived mail.  Since users
6173have to be logged into that system to read their mail, they often find
6174it convenient to run all of their other processes on that system as
6175well, including memory and CPU-intensive jobs.  For example, in our
6176department, we have allocated and configured several multi-processor
6177servers to handle such demanding CPU/memory applications, but these were
6178underutilized, in large part due to the inconvenience of not being able
6179to read mail on those machines.  (No home directories were located on
6180these designated CPU-servers, since we did not want NFS service for
6181users' home directories to have to compete with CPU-intensive jobs.  At the
6182same time, we discouraged users from running demanding applications on
6183their home machines.)
6184
6185Many different solutions have been proposed to allow users to read their
6186mail on any host.  However, all of these solutions fail in one or more
6187of several ways:
6188
6189@itemize @bullet
6190
6191@item
6192they introduce new single points of failure
6193
6194@item
6195they require using different mail transfer agents (MTAs) or user agents
6196(UAs)
6197
6198@item
6199they do not solve the problem for all cases, i.e.  the solution is only
6200partially successful for a particular environment.
6201
6202@end itemize
6203
6204We have designed a simple filesystem, called the @dfn{Home-Link File
6205System}, to provide the ability to deliver mail to users' home
6206directories, without modification to mail-related applications. We have
6207endeavored to make it as stable as possible.  Of great importance to us
6208was to make sure the HLFS daemon, @file{hlfsd} , would not hang under
6209any circumstances, and would take the next-best action when faced with
6210problems.  Compared to alternative methods, @i{Hlfsd} is a stable, more
6211general solution, and easier to install/use.  In fact, in some ways, we
6212have even managed to improve the reliability and security of mail
6213service.
6214
6215Our server implements a small filesystem containing a symbolic link
6216to a subdirectory of the invoking user's home directory, and named symbolic
6217links to users' mailbox files.
6218
6219The @i{Hlfsd} server finds out the @var{uid} of the process that is
6220accessing its mount point, and resolves the pathname component @samp{home} as a
6221symbolic link to a subdirectory within the home directory given by the
6222@var{uid}'s entry in the password file.  If the @var{gid} of the process
6223that attempts to access a mailbox file is a special one (called
6224HLFS_GID), then the server maps the name of the @emph{next} pathname
6225component directly to the user's mailbox.  This is necessary so that
6226access to a mailbox file by users other than the owner can succeed.  The
6227server has safety features in case of failures such as hung filesystems
6228or home directory filesystems that are inaccessible or full.
6229
6230On most of our machines, mail gets delivered to the directory
6231@file{/var/spool/mail}. Many programs, including UAs, depend on that
6232path.  @i{Hlfsd} creates a directory @file{/mail}, and mounts itself on
6233top of that directory.  @i{Hlfsd} implements the path name component
6234called @samp{home}, pointing to a subdirectory of the user's home directory.
6235We have made @file{/var/spool/mail} a symbolic link to
6236@file{/mail/home}, so that accessing @file{/var/spool/mail} actually
6237causes access to a subdirectory within a user's home directory.
6238
6239The following table shows an example of how resolving the pathname
6240@file{/var/mail/@i{NAME}} to @file{/users/ezk/.mailspool/@i{NAME}} proceeds.
6241
6242@multitable {Resolving Component} {Pathname left to resolve} {Value if symbolic link}
6243
6244@item @b{Resolving Component}
6245@tab @b{Pathname left to resolve}
6246@tab @b{Value if symbolic link}
6247
6248@item @t{/}
6249@tab @t{var/mail/}@i{NAME}
6250
6251@item @t{var/}
6252@tab @t{mail/}@i{NAME}
6253
6254@item @t{mail}@@
6255@tab @t{/mail/home/}@i{NAME}
6256@tab @t{mail}@@ -> @t{/mail/home}
6257
6258@item @t{/}
6259@tab @t{mail/home/}@i{NAME}
6260
6261@item @t{mail/}
6262@tab @t{home/}@i{NAME}
6263
6264@item @t{home}@@
6265@tab @i{NAME}
6266@tab @t{home}@@ -> @t{/users/ezk/.mailspool}
6267
6268@item @t{/}
6269@tab @t{users/ezk/.mailspool/}@i{NAME}
6270
6271@item @t{users/}
6272@tab @t{ezk/.mailspool/}@i{NAME}
6273
6274@item @t{ezk/}
6275@tab @t{.mailspool/}@i{NAME}
6276
6277@item @t{.mailspool/}
6278@tab @i{NAME}
6279
6280@item @i{NAME}
6281
6282@end multitable
6283
6284@c ================================================================
6285@node Background to Mail Delivery, Using Hlfsd, Introduction to Hlfsd, Hlfsd
6286@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
6287@section Background to Mail Delivery
6288@cindex Background to Mail Delivery
6289@cindex Hlfsd; background
6290
6291This section provides an in-depth discussion of why available methods
6292for delivering mail to home directories are not as good as the one used
6293by @i{Hlfsd}.
6294
6295@menu
6296* Single-Host Mail Spool Directory::
6297* Centralized Mail Spool Directory::
6298* Distributed Mail Spool Service::
6299* Why Deliver Into the Home Directory?::
6300@end menu
6301
6302@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
6303@node Single-Host Mail Spool Directory, Centralized Mail Spool Directory, Background to Mail Delivery, Background to Mail Delivery
6304@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
6305@subsection Single-Host Mail Spool Directory
6306@cindex Single-Host Mail Spool Directory
6307
6308The most common method for mail delivery is for mail to be appended to a
6309mailbox file in a standard spool directory on the designated ``mail
6310home'' machine of the user. The greatest advantage of this method is
6311that it is the default method most vendors provide with their systems,
6312thus very little (if any) configuration is required on the SA's part.
6313All they need to set up are mail aliases directing mail to the host on
6314which the user's mailbox file is assigned.  (Otherwise, mail is
6315delivered locally, and users find mailboxes on many machines.)
6316
6317As users become more sophisticated, and aided by windowing systems, they
6318find themselves logging in on multiple hosts at once, performing several
6319tasks concurrently.  They ask to be able to read their mail on any host
6320on the network, not just the one designated as their ``mail home''.
6321
6322@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
6323@node Centralized Mail Spool Directory, Distributed Mail Spool Service, Single-Host Mail Spool Directory, Background to Mail Delivery
6324@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
6325@subsection Centralized Mail Spool Directory
6326@cindex Centralized Mail Spool Directory
6327
6328A popular method for providing mail readability from any host is to have
6329all mail delivered to a mail spool directory on a designated
6330``mail-server'' which is exported via NFS to all of the hosts on the
6331network.  Configuring such a system is relatively easy.  On most
6332systems, the bulk of the work is a one-time addition to one or two
6333configuration files in @file{/etc}.  The file-server's spool directory
6334is then hard-mounted across every machine on the local network.  In
6335small environments with only a handful of hosts this can be an
6336acceptable solution.  In our department, with a couple of hundred active
6337hosts and thousands of mail messages processed daily, this was deemed
6338completely unacceptable, as it introduced several types of problems:
6339
6340@table @b
6341
6342@item Scalability and Performance
6343
6344As more and more machines get added to the network, more mail traffic
6345has to go over NFS to and from the mail-server. Users like to run
6346mail-watchers, and read their mail often. The stress on the shared
6347infrastructure increases with every user and host added; loads on the
6348mail server would most certainly be high since all mail delivery goes
6349through that one machine.@footnote{ Delivery via NFS-mounted filesystems
6350may require usage of @samp{rpc.lockd} and @samp{rpc.statd} to provide
6351distributed file-locking, both of which are widely regarded as unstable
6352and unreliable.  Furthermore, this will degrade performance, as local
6353processes as well as remote @samp{nfsd} processes are kept busy.}  This
6354leads to lower reliability and performance.  To reduce the number of
6355concurrent connections between clients and the server host, some SAs
6356have resorted to automounting the mail-spool directory.  But this
6357solution only makes things worse: since users often run mail watchers,
6358and many popular applications such as @samp{trn}, @samp{emacs},
6359@samp{csh} or @samp{ksh} check periodically for new mail, the
6360automounted directory would be effectively permanently mounted.  If it
6361gets unmounted automatically by the automounter program, it is most
6362likely to get mounted shortly afterwards, consuming more I/O resources
6363by the constant cycle of mount and umount calls.
6364
6365@item Reliability
6366
6367The mail-server host and its network connectivity must be very reliable.
6368Worse, since the spool directory has to be hard-mounted,@footnote{No SA
6369in their right minds would soft-mount read/write partitions --- the
6370chances for data loss are too great.} many processes which access the
6371spool directory (various shells, @samp{login}, @samp{emacs}, etc.)
6372would be hung as long as connectivity to the mail-server is severed. To
6373improve reliability, SAs may choose to backup the mail-server's spool
6374partition several times a day.  This may make things worse since reading
6375or delivering mail while backups are in progress may cause backups to be
6376inconsistent; more backups consume more backup-media resources, and
6377increase the load on the mail-server host.
6378
6379@end table
6380
6381@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
6382@node Distributed Mail Spool Service, Why Deliver Into the Home Directory?, Centralized Mail Spool Directory, Background to Mail Delivery
6383@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
6384@subsection Distributed Mail Spool Service
6385@cindex Distributed Mail Spool Service
6386
6387Despite the existence of a few systems that support delivery to users'
6388home directories, mail delivery to home directories hasn't caught on.
6389We believe the main reason is that there are too many programs that
6390``know'' where mailbox files reside.  Besides the obvious (the delivery
6391program @file{/bin/mail} and mail readers like @file{/usr/ucb/Mail},
6392@samp{mush}, @samp{mm}, etc.), other programs that know mailbox location
6393are login, from, almost every shell, @samp{xbiff}, @samp{xmailbox}, and
6394even some programs not directly related to mail, such as @samp{emacs}
6395and @samp{trn}.  Although some of these programs can be configured to
6396look in different directories with the use of environment variables and
6397other resources, many of them cannot.  The overall porting work is
6398significant.
6399
6400Other methods that have yet to catch on require the use of a special
6401mail-reading server, such as IMAP or POP.  The main disadvantage of
6402these systems is that UAs need to be modified to use these services ---
6403a long and involved task.  That is why they are not popular at this
6404time.
6405
6406Several other ideas have been proposed and even used in various
6407environments.  None of them is robust.  They are mostly very
6408specialized, inflexible, and do not extend to the general case.  Some of
6409the ideas are plain bad, potentially leading to lost or corrupt mail:
6410
6411@table @b
6412
6413@item automounters
6414
6415Using an automounter such as @i{Amd} to provide a set of symbolic links
6416from the normal spool directory to user home directories is not
6417sufficient.  UAs rename, unlink, and recreate the mailbox as a regular
6418file, therefore it must be a real file, not a symbolic link.
6419Furthermore, it must reside in a real directory which is writable by the
6420UAs and MTAs.  This method may also require populating
6421@file{/var/spool/mail} with symbolic links and making sure they are
6422updated.  Making @i{Amd} manage that directory directly fails, since
6423many various lock files need to be managed as well.  Also, @i{Amd} does
6424not provide all of the NFS operations which are required to write mail
6425such as write, create, remove, and unlink.
6426
6427@item @code{$MAIL}
6428
6429Setting this variable to an automounted directory pointing to the user's
6430mail spool host only solves the problem for those programs which know
6431and use @code{$MAIL}.  Many programs don't, therefore this solution is partial
6432and of limited flexibility.  Also, it requires the SAs or the users to
6433set it themselves --- an added level of inconvenience and possible
6434failures.
6435
6436@item @t{/bin/mail}
6437
6438Using a different mail delivery agent could be the solution.  One such
6439example is @samp{hdmail}.  However, @samp{hdmail} still requires
6440modifying all UAs, the MTA's configuration, installing new daemons, and
6441changing login scripts.  This makes the system less upgradable or
6442compatible with others, and adds one more complicated system for SAs to
6443deal with.  It is not a complete solution because it still requires each
6444user have their @code{$MAIL} variable setup correctly, and that every program
6445use this variable.
6446
6447@end table
6448
6449@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
6450@node Why Deliver Into the Home Directory?, , Distributed Mail Spool Service, Background to Mail Delivery
6451@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
6452@subsection Why Deliver Into the Home Directory?
6453@cindex Why Deliver Into the Home Directory?
6454@cindex Hlfsd; Why Deliver Into the Home Directory?
6455
6456There are several major reasons why SAs might want to deliver mail
6457directly into the users' home directories:
6458
6459@table @b
6460
6461@item Location
6462
6463Many mail readers need to move mail from the spool directory to the
6464user's home directory.  It speeds up this operation if the two are on
6465the same filesystem.  If for some reason the user's home directory is
6466inaccessible, it isn't that useful to be able to read mail, since there
6467is no place to move it to.  In some cases, trying to move mail to a
6468non-existent or hung filesystem may result in mail loss.
6469
6470@item Distribution
6471
6472Having all mail spool directories spread among the many more filesystems
6473minimizes the chances that complete environments will grind to a halt
6474when a single server is down.  It does increase the chance that there
6475will be someone who is not able to read their mail when a machine is
6476down, but that is usually preferred to having no one be able to read
6477their mail because a centralized mail server is down.  The problem of
6478losing some mail due to the (presumably) higher chances that a user's
6479machine is down is minimized in HLFS.
6480
6481@item Security
6482
6483Delivering mail to users' home directories has another advantage ---
6484enhanced security and privacy.  Since a shared system mail spool
6485directory has to be world-readable and searchable, any user can see
6486whether other users have mail, when they last received new mail, or when
6487they last read their mail.  Programs such as @samp{finger} display this
6488information, which some consider an infringement of privacy.  While it
6489is possible to disable this feature of @samp{finger} so that remote
6490users cannot see a mailbox file's status, this doesn't prevent local
6491users from getting the information.  Furthermore, there are more
6492programs which make use of this information.  In shared environments,
6493disabling such programs has to be done on a system-wide basis, but with
6494mail delivered to users' home directories, users less concerned with
6495privacy who do want to let others know when they last received or read
6496mail can easily do so using file protection bits.
6497
6498@c Lastly, on systems that do not export their NFS filesystem with
6499@c @t{anon=0}, superusers are less likely to snoop around others' mail, as
6500@c they become ``nobodies'' across NFS.
6501
6502@end table
6503
6504In summary, delivering mail to home directories provides users the
6505functionality sought, and also avoids most of the problems just
6506discussed.
6507
6508@c ================================================================
6509@node Using Hlfsd, , Background to Mail Delivery, Hlfsd
6510@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
6511@section Using Hlfsd
6512@cindex Using Hlfsd
6513@cindex Hlfsd; using
6514
6515@menu
6516* Controlling Hlfsd:: 
6517* Hlfsd Options::     
6518* Hlfsd Files::       
6519@end menu
6520
6521@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
6522@node Controlling Hlfsd, Hlfsd Options, Using Hlfsd, Using Hlfsd
6523@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
6524@subsection Controlling Hlfsd
6525@cindex Controlling Hlfsd
6526@cindex Hlfsd; controlling
6527@pindex ctl-hlfsd
6528
6529Much the same way @i{Amd} is controlled by @file{ctl-amd}, so does
6530@i{Hlfsd} get controlled by the @file{ctl-hlfsd} script:
6531
6532@table @t
6533
6534@item ctl-hlfsd start
6535Start a new @i{Hlfsd}.
6536
6537@item ctl-hlfsd stop
6538Stop a running @i{Hlfsd}.
6539
6540@item ctl-hlfsd restart
6541Stop a running @i{Hlfsd}, wait for 10 seconds, and then start a new
6542one.  It is hoped that within 10 seconds, the previously running
6543@i{Hlfsd} terminate properly; otherwise, starting a second one could
6544cause system lockup.
6545
6546@end table
6547
6548For example, on our systems, we start @i{Hlfsd} within @file{ctl-hlfsd}
6549as follows on Solaris 2 systems:
6550
6551@example
6552hlfsd -a /var/alt_mail -x all -l /var/log/hlfsd /mail/home .mailspool
6553@end example
6554
6555The directory @file{/var/alt_mail} is a directory in the root partition
6556where alternate mail will be delivered into, when it cannot be delivered
6557into the user's home directory.
6558
6559Normal mail gets delivered into @file{/var/mail}, but on our systems,
6560that is a symbolic link to @file{/mail/home}.  @file{/mail} is managed
6561by @i{Hlfsd}, which creates a dynamic symlink named @samp{home},
6562pointing to the subdirectory @file{.mailspool} @emph{within} the
6563accessing user's home directory.  This results in mail which normally
6564should go to @file{/var/mail/@code{$USER}}, to go to
6565@file{@code{$HOME}/.mailspool/@code{$USER}}.
6566
6567@i{Hlfsd} does not create the @file{/var/mail} symlink.  This needs to
6568be created (manually) once on each host, by the system administrators,
6569as follows:
6570
6571@example
6572mv /var/mail /var/alt_mail
6573ln -s /mail/home /var/mail
6574@end example
6575
6576@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
6577@node Hlfsd Options, Hlfsd Files, Controlling Hlfsd, Using Hlfsd
6578@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
6579@subsection Hlfsd Options
6580@cindex Hlfsd Options
6581@cindex Hlfsd; Options
6582
6583@table @t
6584
6585@item -a @var{alt_dir}
6586Alternate directory.  The name of the directory to which the symbolic
6587link returned by @i{Hlfsd} will point, if it cannot access the home
6588directory of the user.  This defaults to @file{/var/hlfs}.  This
6589directory will be created if it doesn't exist.  It is expected that
6590either users will read these files, or the system administrators will
6591run a script to resend this ``lost mail'' to its owner.
6592
6593@item -c @var{cache-interval}
6594Caching interval.  @i{Hlfsd} will cache the validity of home directories
6595for this interval, in seconds.  Entries which have been verified within
6596the last @var{cache-interval} seconds will not be verified again, since
6597the operation could be expensive, and the entries are most likely still
6598valid.  After the interval has expired, @i{Hlfsd} will re-verify the
6599validity of the user's home directory, and reset the cache time-counter.
6600The default value for @var{cache-interval} is 300 seconds (5 minutes).
6601
6602@item -f
6603Force fast startup.  This option tells @i{Hlfsd} to skip startup-time
6604consistency checks such as existence of mount directory, alternate spool
6605directory, symlink to be hidden under the mount directory, their
6606permissions and validity.
6607
6608@item -g @var{group}
6609Set the special group HLFS_GID to @var{group}.  Programs such as
6610@file{/usr/ucb/from} or @file{/usr/sbin/in.comsat}, which access the
6611mailboxes of other users, must be setgid @samp{HLFS_GID} to work properly.  The
6612default group is @samp{hlfs}.  If no group is provided, and there is no
6613group @samp{hlfs}, this feature is disabled.
6614
6615@item -h
6616Help.  Print a brief help message, and exit.
6617
6618@item -i @var{reload-interval}
6619Map-reloading interval.  Each @var{reload-interval} seconds, @i{Hlfsd}
6620will reload the password map.  @i{Hlfsd} needs the password map for the
6621UIDs and home directory pathnames.  @i{Hlfsd} schedules a @samp{SIGALRM} to
6622reload the password maps.  A @samp{SIGHUP} sent to @i{Hlfsd} will force it to
6623reload the maps immediately.  The default value for
6624@var{reload-interval} is 900 seconds (15 minutes.)
6625
6626@item -l @var{logfile}
6627Specify a log file to which @i{Hlfsd} will record events.  If
6628@var{logfile} is the string @samp{syslog} then the log messages will be
6629sent to the system log daemon by @b{syslog}(3), using the @samp{LOG_DAEMON}
6630facility.  This is also the default.
6631
6632@item -n
6633No verify.  @i{Hlfsd} will not verify the validity of the symbolic link
6634it will be returning, or that the user's home directory contains
6635sufficient disk-space for spooling.  This can speed up @i{Hlfsd} at the
6636cost of possibly returning symbolic links to home directories which are
6637not currently accessible or are full.  By default, @i{Hlfsd} validates
6638the symbolic-link in the background.  The @code{-n} option overrides the
6639meaning of the @code{-c} option, since no caching is necessary.
6640
6641@item -o @var{mount-options}
6642Mount options which @i{Hlfsd} will use to mount itself on top of
6643@var{dirname}.  By default, @var{mount-options} is set to @samp{ro}.  If
6644the system supports symbolic-link caching, default options are set
6645to @samp{ro,nocache}.
6646
6647@item -p
6648Print PID.  Outputs the process-id of @i{Hlfsd} to standard output where
6649it can be saved into a file.
6650
6651@item -v
6652Version.  Displays version information to standard error.
6653
6654@item -x @var{log-options}
6655Specify run-time logging options.  The options are a comma separated
6656list chosen from: @samp{fatal}, @samp{error}, @samp{user}, @samp{warn}, @samp{info}, @samp{map}, @samp{stats}, @samp{all}.
6657
6658@item -C
6659Force @i{Hlfsd} to run on systems that cannot turn off the NFS
6660attribute-cache.  Use of this option on those systems is discouraged, as
6661it may result in loss or misdelivery of mail.  The option is ignored on
6662systems that can turn off the attribute-cache.
6663
6664@item -D @var{log-options}
6665Select from a variety of debugging options.  Prefixing an option with
6666the string @samp{no} reverses the effect of that option.  Options are
6667cumulative.  The most useful option is @samp{all}.  Since this option is
6668only used for debugging other options are not documented here.  A fuller
6669description is available in the program source.  A @samp{SIGUSR1} sent
6670to @i{Hlfsd} will cause it to dump its internal password map to the file
6671@file{/usr/tmp/hlfsd.dump.XXXXXX}, where @samp{XXXXXX} will be replaced
6672by a random string generated by @b{mktemp}(3) or (the more secure)
6673@b{mkstemp}(3).
6674
6675@item -P @var{password-file}
6676Read the user-name, user-id, and home directory information from the
6677file @var{password-file}.  Normally, @i{Hlfsd} will use @b{getpwent}(3)
6678to read the password database.  This option allows you to override the
6679default database, and is useful if you want to map users' mail files to
6680a directory other than their home directory.  Only the username, uid,
6681and home-directory fields of the file @var{password-file} are read and
6682checked.  All other fields are ignored.  The file @var{password-file}
6683must otherwise be compliant with Unix Version 7 colon-delimited format
6684@b{passwd}(4).
6685
6686@end table
6687
6688@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
6689@node Hlfsd Files, , Hlfsd Options, Using Hlfsd
6690@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
6691@subsection Hlfsd Files
6692@cindex Hlfsd Files
6693@cindex Hlfsd; Files
6694
6695The following files are used by @i{Hlfsd}:
6696
6697@table @file
6698
6699@item /hlfs
6700directory under which @i{Hlfsd} mounts itself and manages the symbolic
6701link @file{home}.
6702
6703@item .hlfsdir
6704default sub-directory in the user's home directory, to which the
6705@file{home} symbolic link returned by @i{Hlfsd} points.
6706
6707@item /var/hlfs
6708directory to which @file{home} symbolic link returned by @i{Hlfsd}
6709points if it is unable to verify the that user's home directory is
6710accessible.
6711
6712@end table
6713
6714For discussion on other files used by @i{Hlfsd}, see @ref{lostaltmail} and
6715@ref{lostaltmail.conf-sample}.
6716
6717@c ################################################################
6718@node Assorted Tools, Examples, Hlfsd, Top
6719@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
6720@chapter Assorted Tools
6721@cindex  Assorted Tools
6722
6723The following are additional utilities and scripts included with
6724am-utils, and get installed.
6725
6726@menu
6727* am-eject::          
6728* amd.conf-sample::   
6729* amd2ldif::          
6730* amd2sun::           
6731* ctl-amd::           
6732* ctl-hlfsd::         
6733* expn::              
6734* fix-amd-map::       
6735* fixmount::          
6736* fixrmtab::          
6737* lostaltmail::       
6738* lostaltmail.conf-sample::
6739* mk-amd-map::        
6740* pawd::              
6741* wait4amd::          
6742* wait4amd2die::      
6743* wire-test::         
6744@end menu
6745
6746@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
6747@node am-eject, amd.conf-sample, Assorted Tools, Assorted Tools
6748@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
6749@section am-eject
6750@pindex am-eject
6751
6752A shell script unmounts a floppy or CD-ROM that is automounted, and
6753then attempts to eject the removable device.
6754
6755@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
6756@node amd.conf-sample, amd2ldif, am-eject, Assorted Tools
6757@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
6758@section amd.conf-sample
6759@pindex amd.conf-sample
6760
6761A sample @i{Amd} configuration file. @xref{Amd Configuration File}. 
6762
6763@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
6764@node amd2ldif, amd2sun, amd.conf-sample, Assorted Tools
6765@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
6766@section amd2ldif
6767@pindex amd2ldif
6768
6769A script to convert @i{Amd} maps to LDAP input files.  Use it as follows:
6770
6771@example
6772amd2ldif @i{mapname} @i{base} < @i{amd.mapfile} > @i{mapfile.ldif}
6773@end example
6774
6775@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
6776@node amd2sun, ctl-amd, amd2ldif, Assorted Tools
6777@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
6778@section amd2sun
6779@pindex amd2sun
6780
6781A script to convert @i{Amd} maps to Sun Automounter maps.  Use it as
6782follows
6783
6784@example
6785amd2sun < @i{amd.mapfile} > @i{auto_mapfile}
6786@end example
6787
6788@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
6789@node ctl-amd, ctl-hlfsd, amd2sun, Assorted Tools
6790@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
6791@section ctl-amd
6792@pindex ctl-amd
6793
6794A script to start, stop, or restart @i{Amd}.  Use it as follows:
6795
6796@table @t
6797@item ctl-amd start
6798Start a new @i{Amd} process.
6799@item ctl-amd stop
6800Stop the running @i{Amd}.
6801@item ctl-amd restart
6802Stop the running @i{Amd} (if any), safely wait for it to terminate, and
6803then start a new process --- only if the previous one died cleanly.
6804@end table
6805
6806@xref{Run-time Administration} for more details.
6807
6808@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
6809@node ctl-hlfsd, expn, ctl-amd, Assorted Tools
6810@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
6811@section ctl-hlfsd
6812@pindex ctl-hlfsd
6813
6814A script for controlling @i{Hlfsd}, much the same way @file{ctl-amd}
6815controls @i{Amd}.  Use it as follows:
6816
6817@table @t
6818@item ctl-hlfsd start
6819Start a new @i{Hlfsd} process.
6820@item ctl-hlfsd stop
6821Stop the running @i{Hlfsd}.
6822@item ctl-hlfsd restart
6823Stop the running @i{Hlfsd} (if any), wait for 10 seconds for it to
6824terminate, and then start a new process --- only if the previous one
6825died cleanly.
6826@end table
6827
6828@xref{Hlfsd} for more details.
6829
6830@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
6831@node expn, fix-amd-map, ctl-hlfsd, Assorted Tools
6832@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
6833@section expn
6834@pindex expn
6835
6836A script to expand email addresses into their full name.  It is
6837generally useful when using with the @file{lostaltmail} script, but is a
6838useful tools otherwise.
6839
6840@example
6841$ expn -v ezk@@cs.columbia.edu
6842ezk@@cs.columbia.edu ->
6843        ezk@@shekel.mcl.cs.columbia.edu
6844ezk@@shekel.mcl.cs.columbia.edu ->
6845        Erez Zadok <"| /usr/local/mh/lib/slocal -user ezk || exit 75>
6846        Erez Zadok <\ezk>
6847        Erez Zadok </u/zing/ezk/.mailspool/backup>
6848@end example
6849
6850@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
6851@node fix-amd-map, fixmount, expn, Assorted Tools
6852@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
6853@section fix-amd-map
6854@pindex fix-amd-map
6855
6856Am-utils changed some of the syntax and default values of some
6857variables.  For example, the default value for @samp{$@{os@}} for
6858Solaris 2.x (aka SunOS 5.x) systems used to be @samp{sos5}, it is now
6859more automatically generated from @file{config.guess} and its value is
6860@samp{sunos5}.
6861
6862This script converts older @i{Amd} maps to new ones.  Use it as follows:
6863
6864@example
6865fix-amd-map < @i{old.map} > @i{new.map}
6866@end example
6867
6868@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
6869@node fixmount, fixrmtab, fix-amd-map, Assorted Tools
6870@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
6871@section fixmount
6872@pindex fixmount
6873
6874@samp{fixmount} is a variant of @b{showmount}(8) that can delete bogus
6875mount entries in remote @b{mountd}(8) daemons.  This is useful to
6876cleanup otherwise ever-accumulating ``junk''.  Use it for example:
6877
6878@example
6879fixmount -r @i{host}
6880@end example
6881
6882See the online manual page for @samp{fixmount} for more details of its
6883usage.
6884
6885@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
6886@node fixrmtab, lostaltmail, fixmount, Assorted Tools
6887@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
6888@section fixrmtab
6889@pindex fixrmtab
6890
6891A script to invalidate @file{/etc/rmtab} entries for hosts named.  Also
6892restart mountd for changes to take effect.  Use it for example:
6893
6894@example
6895fixrmtab @i{host1} @i{host2} @i{...}
6896@end example
6897
6898@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
6899@node lostaltmail, lostaltmail.conf-sample, fixrmtab, Assorted Tools
6900@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
6901@section lostaltmail
6902@pindex lostaltmail
6903
6904A script used with @i{Hlfsd} to resend any ``lost'' mail.  @i{Hlfsd}
6905redirects mail which cannot be written into the user's home directory to
6906an alternate directory.  This is useful to continue delivering mail,
6907even if the user's file system was unavailable, full, or over quota.
6908But, the mail which gets delivered to  the alternate directory needs to
6909be resent to its respective users.  This is what the @samp{lostaltmail}
6910script does. 
6911
6912Use it as follows:
6913
6914@example
6915lostaltmail
6916@end example
6917
6918This script needs a configuration file @samp{lostaltmail.conf} set up
6919with the right parameters to properly work.  @xref{Hlfsd} for more
6920details.
6921
6922@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
6923@node lostaltmail.conf-sample, mk-amd-map, lostaltmail, Assorted Tools
6924@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
6925@section lostaltmail.conf-sample
6926@pindex lostaltmail.conf-sample
6927@cindex lostaltmail; configuration file
6928
6929This is a text file with configuration parameters needed for the
6930@samp{lostaltmail} script.  The script includes comments explaining each
6931of the configuration variables.  See it for more information.  Also
6932@pxref{Hlfsd} for general information.
6933
6934@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
6935@node mk-amd-map, pawd, lostaltmail.conf-sample, Assorted Tools
6936@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
6937@section mk-amd-map
6938@pindex mk-amd-map
6939
6940This program converts a normal @i{Amd} map file into an ndbm database
6941with the same prefix as the named file.  Use it as follows:
6942
6943@example
6944mk-amd-map @i{mapname}
6945@end example
6946
6947@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
6948@node pawd, wait4amd, mk-amd-map, Assorted Tools
6949@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
6950@section pawd
6951@pindex pawd
6952
6953@i{Pawd} is used to print the current working directory, adjusted to
6954reflect proper paths that can be reused to go through the automounter
6955for the shortest possible path.  In particular, the path printed back
6956does not include any of @i{Amd}'s local mount points.  Using them is
6957unsafe, because @i{Amd} may unmount managed file systems from the mount
6958points, and thus including them in paths may not always find the files
6959within.
6960
6961Without any arguments, @i{Pawd} will print the automounter adjusted
6962current working directory.  With any number of arguments, it will print
6963the adjusted path of each one of the arguments.
6964
6965@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
6966@node wait4amd, wait4amd2die, pawd, Assorted Tools
6967@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
6968@section wait4amd
6969@pindex wait4amd
6970
6971A script to wait for @i{Amd} to start on a particular host before
6972performing an arbitrary command.  The command is executed repeatedly,
6973with 1 second intervals in between.  You may interrupt the script using
6974@samp{^C} (or whatever keyboard sequence your terminal's @samp{intr} function
6975is bound to).
6976
6977Examples:
6978
6979@table @t
6980@item wait4amd saturn amq -p -h saturn
6981When @i{Amd} is up on host @samp{saturn}, get the process ID of that
6982running @i{Amd}.
6983@item wait4amd pluto rlogin pluto
6984Remote login to host @samp{pluto} when @i{Amd} is up on that host.  It
6985is generally necessary to wait for @i{Amd} to properly start and
6986initialize on a remote host before logging in to it, because otherwise
6987user home directories may not be accessible across the network.
6988@item wait4amd pluto
6989A short-hand version of the previous command, since the most useful
6990reason for this script is to login to a remote host.  I use it very
6991often when testing out new versions of @i{Amd}, and need to reboot hung
6992hosts.
6993@end table
6994
6995@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
6996@node wait4amd2die, wire-test, wait4amd, Assorted Tools
6997@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
6998@section wait4amd2die
6999@pindex wait4amd2die
7000
7001This script is used internally by @samp{ctl-amd} when used to restart
7002@i{Amd}.  It waits for @i{Amd} to terminate.  If it detected that
7003@i{Amd} terminated cleanly, this script will return an exist status of
7004zero.  Otherwise, it will return a non-zero exit status.
7005
7006The script tests for @i{Amd}'s existence once every 5 seconds, six
7007times, for a total of 30 seconds.  It will return a zero exist status as
7008soon as it detects that @i{Amd} dies.
7009
7010@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
7011@node wire-test, , wait4amd2die, Assorted Tools
7012@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
7013@section wire-test
7014@pindex wire-test
7015
7016A simple program to test if some of the most basic networking functions
7017in am-util's library @file{libamu} work.  It also tests the combination
7018of NFS protocol and version number that are supported from the current
7019host, to a remote one.
7020
7021For example, in this test a machine which only supports NFS Version 2 is
7022contacting a remote host that can support the same version, but using
7023both UDP and TCP.  If no host name is specified, @samp{wire-test} will
7024try @file{localhost}.
7025
7026@example
7027$ wire-test moisil
7028Network name is "mcl-lab-net.cs.columbia.edu"
7029Network number is "128.59.13"
7030Network name is "old-net.cs.columbia.edu"
7031Network number is "128.59.16"
7032My IP address is 0x7f000001.
7033NFS Version and protocol tests to host "moisil"...
7034        testing vers=2, proto="udp" -> found version 2.
7035        testing vers=3, proto="udp" -> failed!
7036        testing vers=2, proto="tcp" -> found version 2.
7037        testing vers=3, proto="tcp" -> failed!
7038@end example
7039
7040@c ################################################################
7041@node Examples, Internals, Assorted Tools, Top
7042@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
7043@chapter Examples
7044
7045@menu
7046* User Filesystems::
7047* Home Directories::
7048* Architecture Sharing::
7049* Wildcard Names::
7050* rwho servers::
7051* /vol::
7052* /defaults with selectors::
7053* /tftpboot in a chroot-ed environment::
7054
7055@end menu
7056
7057@node User Filesystems, Home Directories, Examples, Examples
7058@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
7059@section User Filesystems
7060@cindex User filesystems
7061@cindex Mounting user filesystems
7062
7063With more than one fileserver, the directories most frequently
7064cross-mounted are those containing user home directories.  A common
7065convention used at Imperial College is to mount the user disks under
7066@t{/home/}@i{machine}.
7067
7068Typically, the @samp{/etc/fstab} file contained a long list of entries
7069such as:
7070
7071@example
7072@i{machine}:/home/@i{machine} /home/@i{machine} nfs ...
7073@end example
7074
7075for each fileserver on the network.
7076
7077There are numerous problems with this system.  The mount list can become
7078quite large and some of the machines may be down when a system is
7079booted.  When a new fileserver is installed, @samp{/etc/fstab} must be
7080updated on every machine, the mount directory created and the filesystem
7081mounted.
7082
7083In many environments most people use the same few workstations, but
7084it is convenient to go to a colleague's machine and access your own
7085files.  When a server goes down, it can cause a process on a client
7086machine to hang.  By minimizing the mounted filesystems to only include
7087those actively being used, there is less chance that a filesystem will
7088be mounted when a server goes down.
7089
7090The following is a short extract from a map taken from a research fileserver
7091at Imperial College.
7092
7093Note the entry for @samp{localhost} which is used for users such as
7094the operator (@samp{opr}) who have a home directory on most machine as
7095@samp{/home/localhost/opr}.
7096
7097@example
7098/defaults       opts:=rw,intr,grpid,nosuid
7099charm           host!=$@{key@};type:=nfs;rhost:=$@{key@};rfs:=/home/$@{key@} \
7100                host==$@{key@};type:=ufs;dev:=/dev/xd0g
7101#
7102...
7103
7104#
7105localhost       type:=link;fs:=$@{host@}
7106...
7107#
7108# dylan has two user disks so have a
7109# top directory in which to mount them.
7110#
7111dylan           type:=auto;fs:=$@{map@};pref:=$@{key@}/
7112#
7113dylan/dk2       host!=dylan;type:=nfs;rhost:=dylan;rfs:=/home/$@{key@} \
7114                host==dylan;type:=ufs;dev:=/dev/dsk/2s0
7115#
7116dylan/dk5       host!=dylan;type:=nfs;rhost:=dylan;rfs:=/home/$@{key@} \
7117                host==dylan;type:=ufs;dev:=/dev/dsk/5s0
7118...
7119#
7120toytown         host!=$@{key@};type:=nfs;rhost:=$@{key@};rfs:=/home/$@{key@} \
7121                host==$@{key@};type:=ufs;dev:=/dev/xy1g
7122...
7123#
7124zebedee         host!=$@{key@};type:=nfs;rhost:=$@{key@};rfs:=/home/$@{key@} \
7125                host==$@{key@};type:=ufs;dev:=/dev/dsk/1s0
7126#
7127# Just for access...
7128#
7129gould           type:=auto;fs:=$@{map@};pref:=$@{key@}/
7130gould/staff     host!=gould;type:=nfs;rhost:=gould;rfs:=/home/$@{key@}
7131#
7132gummo           host!=$@{key@};type:=nfs;rhost:=$@{key@};rfs:=/home/$@{key@}
7133...
7134@end example
7135
7136This map is shared by most of the machines listed so on those
7137systems any of the user disks is accessible via a consistent name.
7138@i{Amd} is started with the following command
7139
7140@example
7141amd /home amd.home
7142@end example
7143
7144Note that when mounting a remote filesystem, the @dfn{automounted}
7145mount point is referenced, so that the filesystem will be mounted if
7146it is not yet (at the time the remote @samp{mountd} obtains the file handle).
7147
7148@node Home Directories, Architecture Sharing, User Filesystems, Examples
7149@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
7150@section Home Directories
7151@cindex Home directories
7152@cindex Example of mounting home directories
7153@cindex Mount home directories
7154
7155One convention for home directories is to locate them in @samp{/homes}
7156so user @samp{jsp}'s home directory is @samp{/homes/jsp}.  With more
7157than a single fileserver it is convenient to spread user files across
7158several machines.  All that is required is a mount-map which converts
7159login names to an automounted directory.
7160
7161Such a map might be started by the command:
7162
7163@example
7164amd /homes amd.homes
7165@end example
7166
7167where the map @samp{amd.homes} contained the entries:
7168
7169@example
7170/defaults   type:=link   # All the entries are of type:=link
7171jsp         fs:=/home/charm/jsp
7172njw         fs:=/home/dylan/dk5/njw
7173...
7174phjk        fs:=/home/toytown/ai/phjk
7175sjv         fs:=/home/ganymede/sjv
7176@end example
7177
7178Whenever a login name is accessed in @samp{/homes} a symbolic link
7179appears pointing to the real location of that user's home directory.  In
7180this example, @samp{/homes/jsp} would appear to be a symbolic link
7181pointing to @samp{/home/charm/jsp}.  Of course, @samp{/home} would also
7182be an automount point.
7183
7184This system causes an extra level of symbolic links to be used.
7185Although that turns out to be relatively inexpensive, an alternative is
7186to directly mount the required filesystems in the @samp{/homes}
7187map.  The required map is simple, but long, and its creation is best automated.
7188The entry for @samp{jsp} could be:
7189
7190@example
7191jsp   -sublink:=$@{key@};rfs:=/home/charm \
7192               host==charm;type:=ufs;dev:=/dev/xd0g \
7193               host!=charm;type:=nfs;rhost:=charm
7194@end example
7195
7196This map can become quite big if it contains a large number of entries.
7197By combining two other features of @i{Amd} it can be greatly simplified.
7198
7199First the UFS partitions should be mounted under the control of
7200@samp{/etc/fstab}, taking care that they are mounted in the same place
7201that @i{Amd} would have automounted them.  In most cases this would be
7202something like @samp{/a/@dfn{host}/home/@dfn{host}} and
7203@samp{/etc/fstab} on host @samp{charm} would have a line:@refill
7204
7205@example
7206/dev/xy0g /a/charm/home/charm 4.2 rw,nosuid,grpid 1 5
7207@end example
7208
7209The map can then be changed to:
7210
7211@example
7212/defaults    type:=nfs;sublink:=$@{key@};opts:=rw,intr,nosuid,grpid
7213jsp          rhost:=charm;rfs:=/home/charm
7214njw          rhost:=dylan;rfs:=/home/dylan/dk5
7215...
7216phjk         rhost:=toytown;rfs:=/home/toytown;sublink:=ai/$@{key@}
7217sjv          rhost:=ganymede;rfs:=/home/ganymede
7218@end example
7219
7220This map operates as usual on a remote machine (@i{ie} @code{$@{host@}}
7221not equal to @code{$@{rhost@}}).  On the machine where the filesystem is
7222stored (@i{ie} @code{$@{host@}} equal to @code{$@{rhost@}}), @i{Amd}
7223will construct a local filesystem mount point which corresponds to the
7224name of the locally mounted UFS partition.  If @i{Amd} is started with
7225the @code{-r} option then instead of attempting an NFS mount, @i{Amd} will
7226simply inherit the UFS mount (@pxref{Inheritance Filesystem}).  If
7227@code{-r} is not used then a loopback NFS mount will be made.  This type of
7228mount is known to cause a deadlock on many systems.
7229
7230@node Architecture Sharing, Wildcard Names, Home Directories, Examples
7231@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
7232@section Architecture Sharing
7233@cindex Architecture sharing
7234@cindex Sharing a fileserver between architectures
7235@cindex Architecture dependent volumes
7236
7237@c %At the moment some of the research machines have sets of software
7238@c %mounted in @samp{/vol}.  This contains subdirectories for \TeX,
7239@c %system sources, local sources, prolog libraries and so on.
7240Often a filesystem will be shared by machines of different architectures.
7241Separate trees can be maintained for the executable images for each
7242architecture, but it may be more convenient to have a shared tree,
7243with distinct subdirectories.
7244
7245A shared tree might have the following structure on the fileserver (called
7246@samp{fserver} in the example):
7247
7248@example
7249local/tex
7250local/tex/fonts
7251local/tex/lib
7252local/tex/bin
7253local/tex/bin/sun3
7254local/tex/bin/sun4
7255local/tex/bin/hp9000
7256...
7257@end example
7258
7259In this example, the subdirectories of @samp{local/tex/bin} should be
7260hidden when accessed via the automount point (conventionally @samp{/vol}).
7261A mount-map for @samp{/vol} to achieve this would look like:
7262
7263@example
7264/defaults   sublink:=$@{/key@};rhost:=fserver;type:=link
7265tex         type:=auto;fs:=$@{map@};pref:=$@{key@}/
7266tex/fonts   host!=fserver;type:=nfs;rfs:=/vol/tex \
7267            host==fserver;fs:=/usr/local/tex
7268tex/lib     host!=fserver;type:=nfs;rfs:=/vol/tex \
7269            host==fserver;fs:=/usr/local/tex
7270tex/bin     -sublink:=$@{/key@}/$@{arch@} \
7271            host!=fserver;type:=nfs;rfs:=/vol/tex \
7272            host:=fserver;fs:=/usr/local/tex
7273@end example
7274
7275When @samp{/vol/tex/bin} is referenced, the current machine architecture
7276is automatically appended to the path by the @code{$@{sublink@}}
7277variable.  This means that users can have @samp{/vol/tex/bin} in their
7278@samp{PATH} without concern for architecture dependencies.
7279
7280@node Wildcard Names, rwho servers, Architecture Sharing, Examples
7281@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
7282@section Wildcard Names & Replicated Servers
7283
7284By using the wildcard facility, @i{Amd} can @dfn{overlay} an existing
7285directory with additional entries.
7286The system files are usually mounted under @samp{/usr}.  If instead,
7287@i{Amd} is mounted on @samp{/usr}, additional
7288names can be overlayed to augment or replace names in the ``master'' @samp{/usr}.
7289A map to do this would have the form:
7290
7291@example
7292local  type:=auto;fs:=local-map
7293share  type:=auto;fs:=share-map
7294*      -type:=nfs;rfs:=/export/exec/$@{arch@};sublink:="$@{key@}" \
7295        rhost:=fserv1  rhost:=fserv2  rhost:=fserv3
7296@end example
7297
7298Note that the assignment to @code{$@{sublink@}} is surrounded by double
7299quotes to prevent the incoming key from causing the map to be
7300misinterpreted.  This map has the effect of directing any access to
7301@samp{/usr/local} or @samp{/usr/share} to another automount point.
7302
7303In this example, it is assumed that the @samp{/usr} files are replicated
7304on three fileservers: @samp{fserv1}, @samp{fserv2} and @samp{fserv3}.
7305For any references other than to @samp{local} and @samp{share} one of
7306the servers is used and a symbolic link to
7307@t{$@{autodir@}/$@{rhost@}/export/exec/$@{arch@}/@i{whatever}} is
7308returned once an appropriate filesystem has been mounted.@refill
7309
7310@node rwho servers, /vol, Wildcard Names, Examples
7311@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
7312@section @samp{rwho} servers
7313@cindex rwho servers
7314@cindex Architecture specific mounts
7315@cindex Example of architecture specific mounts
7316
7317The @samp{/usr/spool/rwho} directory is a good candidate for automounting.
7318For efficiency reasons it is best to capture the rwho data on a small
7319number of machines and then mount that information onto a large number
7320of clients.  The data written into the rwho files is byte order dependent
7321so only servers with the correct byte ordering can be used by a client:
7322
7323@example
7324/defaults         type:=nfs
7325usr/spool/rwho    -byte==little;rfs:=/usr/spool/rwho \
7326                      rhost:=vaxA  rhost:=vaxB \
7327                  || -rfs:=/usr/spool/rwho \
7328                      rhost:=sun4  rhost:=hp300
7329@end example
7330
7331@node /vol, /defaults with selectors, rwho servers, Examples
7332@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
7333@section @samp{/vol}
7334@cindex /vol
7335@cindex Catch-all mount point
7336@cindex Generic volume name
7337
7338@samp{/vol} is used as a catch-all for volumes which do not have other
7339conventional names.
7340
7341Below is part of the @samp{/vol} map for the domain @samp{doc.ic.ac.uk}.
7342The @samp{r+d} tree is used for new or experimental software that needs
7343to be available everywhere without installing it on all the fileservers.
7344Users wishing to try out the new software then simply include
7345@samp{/vol/r+d/@{bin,ucb@}} in their path.@refill
7346
7347The main tree resides on one host @samp{gould.doc.ic.ac.uk}, which has
7348different @samp{bin}, @samp{etc}, @samp{lib} and @samp{ucb}
7349sub-directories for each machine architecture.  For example,
7350@samp{/vol/r+d/bin} for a Sun-4 would be stored in the sub-directory
7351@samp{bin/sun4} of the filesystem @samp{/usr/r+d}.  When it was accessed
7352a symbolic link pointing to @samp{/a/gould/usr/r+d/bin/sun4} would be
7353returned.@refill
7354
7355@example
7356/defaults    type:=nfs;opts:=rw,grpid,nosuid,intr,soft
7357wp           -opts:=rw,grpid,nosuid;rhost:=charm \
7358             host==charm;type:=link;fs:=/usr/local/wp \
7359             host!=charm;type:=nfs;rfs:=/vol/wp
7360...
7361#
7362src          -opts:=rw,grpid,nosuid;rhost:=charm \
7363             host==charm;type:=link;fs:=/usr/src \
7364             host!=charm;type:=nfs;rfs:=/vol/src
7365#
7366r+d          type:=auto;fs:=$@{map@};pref:=r+d/
7367# per architecture bin,etc,lib&ucb...
7368r+d/bin      rhost:=gould.doc.ic.ac.uk;rfs:=/usr/r+d;sublink:=$@{/key@}/$@{arch@}
7369r+d/etc      rhost:=gould.doc.ic.ac.uk;rfs:=/usr/r+d;sublink:=$@{/key@}/$@{arch@}
7370r+d/include  rhost:=gould.doc.ic.ac.uk;rfs:=/usr/r+d;sublink:=$@{/key@}
7371r+d/lib      rhost:=gould.doc.ic.ac.uk;rfs:=/usr/r+d;sublink:=$@{/key@}/$@{arch@}
7372r+d/man      rhost:=gould.doc.ic.ac.uk;rfs:=/usr/r+d;sublink:=$@{/key@}
7373r+d/src      rhost:=gould.doc.ic.ac.uk;rfs:=/usr/r+d;sublink:=$@{/key@}
7374r+d/ucb      rhost:=gould.doc.ic.ac.uk;rfs:=/usr/r+d;sublink:=$@{/key@}/$@{arch@}
7375# hades pictures
7376pictures     -opts:=rw,grpid,nosuid;rhost:=thpfs \
7377             host==thpfs;type:=link;fs:=/nbsd/pictures \
7378             host!=thpfs;type:=nfs;rfs:=/nbsd;sublink:=pictures
7379# hades tools
7380hades        -opts:=rw,grpid,nosuid;rhost:=thpfs \
7381             host==thpfs;type:=link;fs:=/nbsd/hades \
7382             host!=thpfs;type:=nfs;rfs:=/nbsd;sublink:=hades
7383# bsd tools for hp.
7384bsd          -opts:=rw,grpid,nosuid;arch==hp9000;rhost:=thpfs \
7385             host==thpfs;type:=link;fs:=/nbsd/bsd \
7386             host!=thpfs;type:=nfs;rfs:=/nbsd;sublink:=bsd
7387@end example
7388
7389@node /defaults with selectors, /tftpboot in a chroot-ed environment, /vol, Examples
7390@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
7391@section @samp{/defaults} with selectors
7392@cindex /defaults with selectors
7393@cindex selectors on default
7394
7395It is sometimes useful to have different defaults for a given map.  To
7396achieve this, the @samp{/defaults} entry must be able to process normal
7397selectors.  This feature is turned on by setting
7398@samp{selectors_on_default = yes} in the @file{amd.conf} file.
7399@xref{selectors_on_default Parameter}.
7400
7401In this example, I set different default NFS mount options for hosts
7402which are running over a slower network link.  By setting a smaller size
7403for the NFS read and write buffer sizes, you can greatly improve remote
7404file service performance.
7405
7406@example
7407/defaults \
7408  wire==slip-net;opts:=rw,intr,rsize=1024,wsize=1024,timeo=20,retrans=10 \
7409  wire!=slip-net;opts:=rw,intr
7410@end example
7411
7412@node /tftpboot in a chroot-ed environment, , /defaults with selectors, Examples
7413@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
7414@section @samp{/tftpboot} in a chroot-ed environment
7415@cindex /tftpboot in a chroot-ed environment
7416@cindex chroot: /tftpboot example
7417
7418In this complex example, we attempt to run an @i{Amd} process
7419@emph{inside} a chroot-ed environment.  @samp{tftpd} (Trivial FTP) is
7420used to trivially retrieve files used to boot X-Terminals, Network
7421Printers, Network routers, diskless workstations, and other such
7422devices.  For security reasons, @samp{tftpd} (and also @samp{ftpd})
7423processes are run using the @b{chroot}(2) system call.  This provides an
7424environment for these processes, where access to any files outside the
7425directory where the chroot-ed process runs is denied.
7426
7427For example, if you start @samp{tftpd} on your system with
7428
7429@example
7430chroot /tftpboot /usr/sbin/tftpd
7431@end example
7432
7433@noindent
7434then the @samp{tftpd} process will not be able to access any files
7435outside @file{/tftpboot}.  This ensures that no one can retrieve files
7436such as @file{/etc/passwd} and run password crackers on it.
7437
7438Since the TFTP service works by broadcast, it is necessary to have at
7439least one TFTP server running on each subnet.  If you have lots of files
7440that you need to make available for @samp{tftp}, and many subnets, it
7441could take significant amounts of disk space on each host serving them.
7442
7443A solution we implemented at Columbia University was to have every host
7444run @samp{tftpd}, but have those servers retrieve the boot files from
7445two replicated servers.  Those replicated servers have special
7446partitions dedicated to the many network boot files.
7447
7448We start @i{Amd} as follows:
7449
7450@example
7451amd /tftpboot/.amd amd.tftpboot
7452@end example
7453
7454That is, @i{Amd} is serving the directory @file{/tftpboot/.amd}.  The
7455@samp{tftp} server runs inside @file{/tftpboot} and is chroot-ed in that
7456directory too.  The @file{amd.tftpboot} map looks like:
7457
7458@example
7459#
7460# Amd /tftpboot directory -> host map
7461#
7462
7463/defaults  opts:=nosuid,ro,intr,soft;fs:=/tftpboot/import;type:=nfs
7464
7465tp         host==lol;rfs:=/n/lol/import/tftpboot;type:=lofs \
7466           host==ober;rfs:=/n/ober/misc/win/tftpboot;type:=lofs \
7467           rhost:=ober;rfs:=/n/ober/misc/win/tftpboot \
7468           rhost:=lol;rfs:=/n/lol/import/tftpboot
7469@end example
7470
7471To help understand this example, I list a few of the file entries that
7472are created inside @file{/tftpboot}:
7473
7474@example
7475$ ls -la /tftpboot
7476dr-xr-xr-x   2 root   512 Aug 30 23:11 .amd
7477drwxrwsr-x  12 root   512 Aug 30 08:00 import
7478lrwxrwxrwx   1 root    33 Feb 27  1997 adminpr.cfg -> ./.amd/tp/hplj/adminpr.cfg
7479lrwxrwxrwx   1 root    22 Dec  5  1996 tekxp -> ./.amd/tp/xterms/tekxp
7480lrwxrwxrwx   1 root     1 Dec  5  1996 tftpboot -> .
7481@end example
7482
7483Here is an explanation of each of the entries listed above:
7484
7485@table @code
7486
7487@item .amd
7488This is the @i{Amd} mount point.  Note that you do not need to run a
7489separate @i{Amd} process for the TFTP service.  The @b{chroot}(2) system
7490call only protects against file access, but the same process can still
7491serve files and directories inside and outside the chroot-ed
7492environment, because @i{Amd} itself was not run in chroot-ed mode.
7493
7494@item import
7495This is the mount point where @i{Amd} will mount the directories
7496containing the boot files.  The map is designed so that remote
7497directories will be NFS mounted (even if they are already mounted
7498elsewhere), and local directories are loopback mounted (since they are
7499not accessible outside the chroot-ed @file{/tftpboot} directory).
7500
7501@item adminpr.cfg
7502@itemx tekxp
7503Two manually created symbolic links to directories @emph{inside} the
7504@i{Amd}-managed directory.  The crossing of the component @file{tp} will
7505cause @i{Amd} to automount one of the remote replicas.  Once crossed,
7506access to files inside proceeds as usual.  The @samp{adminpr.cfg} is a
7507configuration file for an HP Laser-Jet 4si printer, and the @samp{tekxp}
7508is a directory for Tektronix X-Terminal boot files.
7509
7510@item tftpboot
7511This innocent looking symlink is important.  Usually, when devices boot
7512via the TFTP service, they perform the @samp{get file} command to
7513retrieve @var{file}.  However, some devices assume that @samp{tftpd}
7514does not run in a chroot-ed environment, but rather ``unprotected'', and
7515thus use a full pathname for files to retrieve, as in @samp{get
7516/tftpboot/file}.  This symlink effectively strips out the leading
7517@file{/tftpboot/}.
7518
7519@end table
7520
7521@c ################################################################
7522@node Internals, Acknowledgments & Trademarks, Examples, Top
7523@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
7524@chapter Internals
7525
7526Note that there are more error and logging messages possible than are
7527listed here.  Most of them are self-explanatory.  Refer to the program
7528sources for more details on the rest.
7529
7530@menu
7531* Log Messages::
7532@end menu
7533
7534@node Log Messages, , Internals, Internals
7535@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
7536@section Log Messages
7537
7538In the following sections a brief explanation is given of some of the
7539log messages made by @i{Amd}.  Where the message is in @samp{typewriter}
7540font, it corresponds exactly to the message produced by @i{Amd}.  Words
7541in @dfn{italic} are replaced by an appropriate string.  Variables,
7542@code{$@{@i{var}@}}, indicate that the value of the appropriate variable is
7543output.
7544
7545Log messages are either sent directly to a file,
7546or logged via the @b{syslog}(3) mechanism.  @xref{log_file Parameter}
7547In either case, entries in the file are of the form:
7548@example
7549@i{date-string}  @i{hostname} @t{amd[}@i{pid}@t{]}  @i{message}
7550@end example
7551
7552@menu
7553* Fatal errors::
7554* Info messages::
7555@end menu
7556
7557@node Fatal errors, Info messages, Log Messages, Log Messages
7558@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
7559@subsection Fatal errors
7560
7561@i{Amd} attempts to deal with unusual events.  Whenever it is not
7562possible to deal with such an error, @i{Amd} will log an appropriate
7563message and, if it cannot possibly continue, will either exit or abort.
7564These messages are selected by @samp{-x fatal} on the command line.
7565When @b{syslog}(3) is being used, they are logged with level
7566@samp{LOG_FATAL}.  Even if @i{Amd} continues to operate it is likely to
7567remain in a precarious state and should be restarted at the earliest
7568opportunity.
7569
7570@table @t
7571
7572@item Attempting to inherit not-a-filesystem
7573The prototype mount point created during a filesystem restart did not
7574contain a reference to the restarted filesystem.  This error ``should
7575never happen''.
7576
7577@item Can't bind to domain "@i{NIS-domain}"
7578A specific NIS domain was requested on the command line, but no server
7579for that domain is available on the local net.
7580
7581@item Can't determine IP address of this host (@i{hostname})
7582When @i{Amd} starts it determines its own IP address.  If this lookup
7583fails then @i{Amd} cannot continue.  The hostname it looks up is that
7584obtained returned by @b{gethostname}(2) system call.
7585
7586@item Can't find root file handle for @i{automount point}
7587@i{Amd} creates its own file handles for the automount points.  When it
7588mounts itself as a server, it must pass these file handles to the local
7589kernel.  If the filehandle is not obtainable the mount point is ignored.
7590This error ``should never happen''.
7591
7592@item Must be root to mount filesystems (euid = @i{euid})
7593To prevent embarrassment, @i{Amd} makes sure it has appropriate system
7594privileges.  This amounts to having an euid of 0.  The check is made
7595after argument processing complete to give non-root users a chance to
7596access the @code{-v} option.
7597
7598@item No work to do - quitting
7599No automount points were given on the command line and so there is no
7600work to do.
7601
7602@item Out of memory
7603While attempting to malloc some memory, the memory space available to
7604@i{Amd} was exhausted.  This is an unrecoverable error.
7605
7606@item Out of memory in realloc
7607While attempting to realloc some memory, the memory space available to
7608@i{Amd} was exhausted.  This is an unrecoverable error.
7609
7610@item cannot create rpc/udp service
7611Either the NFS or AMQ endpoint could not be created.
7612
7613@item gethostname: @i{description}
7614The @b{gethostname}(2) system call failed during startup.
7615
7616@item host name is not set
7617The @b{gethostname}(2) system call returned a zero length host name.
7618This can happen if @i{Amd} is started in single user mode just after
7619booting the system.
7620
7621@item ifs_match called!
7622An internal error occurred while restarting a pre-mounted filesystem.
7623This error ``should never happen''.
7624
7625@item mount_afs: @i{description}
7626An error occurred while @i{Amd} was mounting itself.
7627
7628@item run_rpc failed
7629Somehow the main NFS server loop failed.  This error ``should never
7630happen''.
7631
7632@item unable to free rpc arguments in amqprog_1
7633The incoming arguments to the AMQ server could not be free'ed.
7634
7635@item unable to free rpc arguments in nfs_program_1
7636The incoming arguments to the NFS server could not be free'ed.
7637
7638@item unable to register (AMQ_PROGRAM, AMQ_VERSION, udp)
7639The AMQ server could not be registered with the local portmapper or the
7640internal RPC dispatcher.
7641
7642@item unable to register (NFS_PROGRAM, NFS_VERSION, 0)
7643The NFS server could not be registered with the internal RPC dispatcher.
7644
7645@end table
7646
7647XXX: This section needs to be updated
7648
7649@node Info messages, , Fatal errors, Log Messages
7650@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
7651@subsection Info messages
7652
7653@i{Amd} generates information messages to record state changes.  These
7654messages are selected by @samp{-x info} on the command line.  When
7655@b{syslog}(3) is being used, they are logged with level @samp{LOG_INFO}.
7656
7657The messages listed below can be generated and are in a format suitable
7658for simple statistical analysis.  @dfn{mount-info} is the string
7659that is displayed by @dfn{Amq} in its mount information column and
7660placed in the system mount table.
7661
7662@table @t
7663
7664@item "@t{$@{@i{path}@}}" forcibly timed out
7665An automount point has been timed out by the @i{Amq} command.
7666
7667@item "@t{$@{@i{path}@}}" has timed out
7668No access to the automount point has been made within the timeout
7669period.
7670
7671@item Filehandle denied for "$@{@i{rhost}@}:$@{@i{rfs}@}"
7672The mount daemon refused to return a file handle for the requested filesystem.
7673
7674@item Filehandle error for "$@{@i{rhost}@}:$@{@i{rfs}@}": @i{description}
7675The mount daemon gave some other error for the requested filesystem.
7676
7677@item Finishing with status @i{exit-status}
7678@i{Amd} is about to exit with the given exit status. 
7679
7680@item Re-synchronizing cache for map @t{$@{@i{map}@}}
7681The named map has been modified and the internal cache is being re-synchronized.
7682
7683@item file server @t{$@{@i{rhost}@}} is down - timeout of "@t{$@{@i{path}@}}" ignored
7684An automount point has timed out, but the corresponding file server is
7685known to be down.  This message is only produced once for each mount
7686point for which the server is down.
7687
7688@item file server @t{$@{@i{rhost}@}} type nfs is down
7689An NFS file server that was previously up is now down.
7690
7691@item file server @t{$@{@i{rhost}@}} type nfs is up
7692An NFS file server that was previously down is now up.
7693
7694@item file server @t{$@{@i{rhost}@}} type nfs starts down
7695A new NFS file server has been referenced and is known to be down.
7696
7697@item file server @t{$@{@i{rhost}@}} type nfs starts up
7698A new NFS file server has been referenced and is known to be up.
7699
7700@item mount of "@t{$@{@i{path}@}}" on @t{$@{@i{fs}@}} timed out
7701Attempts to mount a filesystem for the given automount point have failed
7702to complete within 30 seconds.
7703
7704@item @i{mount-info} mounted fstype @t{$@{@i{type}@}} on @t{$@{@i{fs}@}}
7705A new file system has been mounted.
7706
7707@item @i{mount-info} restarted fstype @t{$@{@i{type}@}} on @t{$@{@i{fs}@}}
7708@i{Amd} is using a pre-mounted filesystem to satisfy a mount request.
7709
7710@item @i{mount-info} unmounted fstype @t{$@{@i{type}@}} from @t{$@{@i{fs}@}}
7711A file system has been unmounted.
7712
7713@item @i{mount-info} unmounted fstype @t{$@{@i{type}@}} from @t{$@{@i{fs}@}} link @t{$@{@i{fs}@}}/@t{$@{@i{sublink}@}}
7714A file system of which only a sub-directory was in use has been unmounted.
7715
7716@item restarting @i{mount-info} on @t{$@{@i{fs}@}}
7717A pre-mounted file system has been noted.
7718
7719@end table
7720
7721XXX: This section needs to be updated
7722
7723@c ################################################################
7724@node Acknowledgments & Trademarks, Index, Internals, Top
7725@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
7726@unnumbered Acknowledgments & Trademarks
7727
7728Many thanks to the @email{amd-dev@@majordomo.cs.columbia.edu,Amd
7729Developers} mailing list through the months developing am-utils.  These
7730members have contributed to the discussions, ideas, code and
7731documentation, and subjected their systems to alpha quality code.
7732Special thanks go to those
7733@uref{http://www.cs.columbia.edu/~ezk/am-utils/AUTHORS.txt,authors} who
7734have submitted patches.
7735
7736Thanks to the Formal Methods Group at Imperial College for suffering
7737patiently while @i{Amd} was being developed on their machines.
7738
7739Thanks to the many people who have helped with the development of
7740@i{Amd}, especially Piete Brooks at the Cambridge University Computing
7741Lab for many hours of testing, experimentation and discussion.
7742
7743Thanks to the @email{amd-workers@@majordomo.glue.umd.edu,Amd Workers}
7744mailing list members for many suggestions and bug reports to @i{Amd}.
7745
7746@itemize @bullet
7747@item
7748@b{DEC}, @b{VAX} and @b{Ultrix} are registered trademarks of Digital
7749Equipment Corporation.
7750@item
7751@b{AIX} and @b{IBM} are registered trademarks of International Business
7752Machines Corporation.
7753@item
7754@b{Sun}, @b{NFS} and @b{SunOS} are registered trademarks of Sun
7755Microsystems, Inc.
7756@item
7757@b{UNIX} is a registered trademark in the USA and other countries,
7758exclusively licensed through X/Open Company, Ltd.
7759@item
7760All other registered trademarks are owned by their respective owners.
7761@end itemize
7762
7763@c ################################################################
7764@node Index, , Acknowledgments & Trademarks, Top
7765@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
7766@unnumbered Index
7767
7768@printindex cp
7769
7770@contents
7771@bye
7772
7773@c ====================================================================
7774@c ISPELL LOCAL WORDS:
7775@c LocalWords:  setfilename amdref overfullrule settitle titlepage titlefont nz
7776@c LocalWords:  authorfont vskip ifinfo iftex cindex unnumberedsec dfn xref vol
7777@c LocalWords:  locationN pxref jpo nott concentrix Sjoerd sjoerd cwi Eitan vuw
7778@c LocalWords:  Mizrotsky eitan shumuji dgux fpx scp hcx metcalf masala hlh OTS
7779@c LocalWords:  Presnell srp cgl Trost trost ogi pyrOSx OSx tubsibr riscix iX
7780@c LocalWords:  Piete pb Lindblad cjl ai umax utek xinu Mitchum D'Souza dsouza
7781@c LocalWords:  mrc apu alliant aviion AViiON fps macII multimax tahoe vax emph
7782@c LocalWords:  mapdefault valA valB valC YPTSDIR ETCDIR substr MAKEDBM YPDBDIR
7783@c LocalWords:  NOPUSH njw dylan dk dylan njw anydir domN achilles mjh pref sel
7784@c LocalWords:  gdef loc loc loc ldots autodir remopts rwho rwho styx styx yoyo
7785@c LocalWords:  noindent gould rvdmount rvdunmount fserver mtmp unioned logfile
7786@c LocalWords:  dmn esac phjk toytown toytown toytown toytown phjk RdDir RdLnk
7787@c LocalWords:  volname attrs netif dougal inaddr hwaddr ec mountmaps passno xy
7788@c LocalWords:  freq dumpset hfs brian florence localinfo fstabs automaps defn
7789@c LocalWords:  localname fsck'd opr gummo sjv ganymede sjv fserv fserv fserv
7790@c LocalWords:  vaxA vaxB wp thpfs nbsd asis ifs amqprog free'ed printindex gov
7791@c LocalWords:  LocalWords syncodeindex Distrib bsdnet lanl AutoMounter acis ic
7792@c LocalWords:  ac uk aix bsd Mullender nl il DG lcs hpux irix ucsf NeXT cse cl
7793@c LocalWords:  mt FX hp ibm mips utils def def Domainname eg hostd getwd tmp
7794@c LocalWords:  subsubsection rw grpid intr noconn nocto nodevs nosuid retrans
7795@c LocalWords:  rsize tcp timeo nounmount utimeout DDEBUG nodaemon fd hostnames
7796@c LocalWords:  pid Amd's pendry vangogh nfsx backoff stats nomap nostats CRIT
7797@c LocalWords:  noinfo clustername RVD dsk dsk amq hostports osver statfs str
7798@c LocalWords:  ou counter's amdmaps proj src tftpboot sh mv cd sbin ypcat inet
7799@c LocalWords:  Getattr getattr localhost fhandles netmask fstype noquota addr
7800@c LocalWords:  exportfs Dumpsets dumpsets pindex ldif fixmount fixrmtab euid
7801@c LocalWords:  lostaltmail realloc netnumber itemx primnetnum primnetname ARG
7802@c LocalWords:  subsnetname subsnetnum netgrp netgroup multitable Shlib dec osf
7803@c LocalWords:  hppa pc bsdi freebsd netbsd openbsd ncr sysv rs acdirmax fsid
7804@c LocalWords:  acdirmin acregmax acregmin actimeo dumbtimr nfsv noac noauto sd
7805@c LocalWords:  nocache nodev noint nosub pgthresh posix rdonly suid symttl mfs
7806@c LocalWords:  AMFS umapfs myftpdir unionfs es mapname mapfile mapfile slocal
7807@c LocalWords:  mailspool saturn saturn notknown lol ober dr xr xr drwxrwsr cfg
7808@c LocalWords:  lrwxrwxrwx adminpr hplj adminpr cfg tekxp xterms tekxp Dupuy tp
7809@c LocalWords:  linkname hlfsddump dirname rmtab pluto rlogin direntry pg vr dn
7810@c LocalWords:  maxmem hlfsdir xmailbox showmount cn amdmap amdmapName resvport
7811@c LocalWords:  objectClass amdmapKey amdmapValue ln powerpc amdmapTimestamp ez
7812@c LocalWords:  moisil FSinfo Libtool Unmounting sublink fileservers NullProc
7813@c LocalWords:  gethostname mount's unmounts linkx remounts unmounting UAs SA's
7814@c LocalWords:  mountpoint mountpoints unescaped UIDs util's overlayed uref EFS
7815@c LocalWords:  serv maxgroups nfsl cachedir copt cfsadmin efs addopts fg
7816@c LocalWords:  nointr
7817